Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
4588ec20 | 1 | /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
68c45bf0 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999 |
ba704fd4 | 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
4588ec20 JB |
4 | |
5 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | ||
7 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
fa61c701 | 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
4588ec20 JB |
10 | any later version. |
11 | ||
12 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
3b7ad313 EN |
19 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
20 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
4588ec20 | 21 | |
18160b98 | 22 | #include <config.h> |
68c45bf0 | 23 | #include <signal.h> |
565620a5 | 24 | #include <stdio.h> |
4588ec20 JB |
25 | #include <ctype.h> |
26 | ||
dfcf069d AS |
27 | #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 | #include <unistd.h> | |
29 | #endif | |
30 | ||
47099d6f | 31 | #include "lisp.h" |
4588ec20 JB |
32 | #include "termchar.h" |
33 | #include "termopts.h" | |
3be08bea | 34 | #include "termhooks.h" |
a0879520 | 35 | /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
fd2e066a GV |
36 | #include "dispextern.h" |
37 | #include "cm.h" | |
4588ec20 | 38 | #include "buffer.h" |
24e86043 | 39 | #include "charset.h" |
502b9b64 | 40 | #include "frame.h" |
4588ec20 JB |
41 | #include "window.h" |
42 | #include "commands.h" | |
43 | #include "disptab.h" | |
44 | #include "indent.h" | |
d169fe39 | 45 | #include "intervals.h" |
97cf50e7 | 46 | #include "blockinput.h" |
dfcf069d AS |
47 | #include "process.h" |
48 | #include "keyboard.h" | |
4588ec20 | 49 | |
24e86043 KH |
50 | /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
51 | include the following file. */ | |
52 | /* #include "systty.h" */ | |
58b2bb63 | 53 | #include "syssignal.h" |
a41f8bed | 54 | |
4588ec20 JB |
55 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 | #include "xterm.h" | |
5f5c8ee5 | 57 | #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
4588ec20 | 58 | |
fd2e066a GV |
59 | #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
60 | #include "w32term.h" | |
61 | #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ | |
62 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 63 | /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
6cbd1643 | 64 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 65 | #include "systime.h" |
3883a901 RS |
66 | #include <errno.h> |
67 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
68 | /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
69 | ||
70 | #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
71 | #include <unistd.h> | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
74 | #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
75 | #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
76 | ||
4588ec20 | 77 | /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
78 | This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
79 | override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
80 | ||
e3271ae5 | 81 | #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
82 | |
83 | /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
84 | works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
85 | library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
86 | ||
3883a901 RS |
87 | #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
88 | #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT | |
89 | #else | |
cb5558ff | 90 | #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
e3271ae5 | 91 | #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
3883a901 RS |
92 | #endif |
93 | #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ | |
68c45bf0 PE |
94 | #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
95 | #include <stdio_ext.h> | |
96 | #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) | |
97 | #endif | |
cb5558ff | 98 | #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
4588ec20 JB |
99 | #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
100 | #endif | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
101 | #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
102 | ||
103 | \f | |
104 | /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
105 | boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
106 | ||
107 | struct dim | |
108 | { | |
109 | int width; | |
110 | int height; | |
111 | }; | |
112 | ||
113 | \f | |
114 | /* Function prototypes. */ | |
115 | ||
408f5064 GM |
116 | static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
117 | static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
118 | static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
119 | static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
120 | struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
121 | static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
122 | static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
123 | static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
124 | P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, struct dim, int, int *)); | |
125 | static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *, | |
126 | struct dim)); | |
127 | static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); | |
128 | static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
129 | struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
130 | static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
131 | static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
132 | int, int, struct dim)); | |
b96fd3e8 | 133 | static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
134 | static void swap_glyphs_in_rows P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
135 | static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); | |
136 | static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); | |
137 | static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
138 | static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
139 | struct window *)); | |
140 | static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
141 | struct window *)); | |
142 | static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
143 | static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
144 | static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
145 | static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
146 | static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
147 | static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
148 | static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
149 | void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
150 | void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
151 | int, int)); | |
152 | static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
153 | static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
154 | static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
408f5064 | 155 | static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
5f5c8ee5 | 156 | static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
408f5064 | 157 | static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
158 | static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
159 | int)); | |
160 | static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
161 | void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
b96fd3e8 | 162 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
163 | static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
164 | struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
b96fd3e8 | 165 | #endif |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
166 | static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
167 | static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
168 | static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
169 | static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
170 | static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
171 | static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
172 | struct glyph_row *)); | |
173 | static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
174 | static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
175 | static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
176 | static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
177 | ||
178 | ||
179 | \f | |
180 | /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
181 | for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
182 | scrolling. */ | |
4588ec20 | 183 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 184 | int redisplay_dont_pause; |
45140e01 | 185 | |
a41f8bed | 186 | /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
502b9b64 | 187 | current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
4588ec20 | 188 | |
502b9b64 | 189 | int frame_garbaged; |
4588ec20 | 190 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 191 | /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
4588ec20 JB |
192 | |
193 | int display_completed; | |
194 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
195 | /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
196 | audible bell. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
197 | |
198 | int visible_bell; | |
199 | ||
502b9b64 | 200 | /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
4588ec20 JB |
201 | |
202 | int inverse_video; | |
203 | ||
204 | /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
205 | ||
206 | int baud_rate; | |
207 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
208 | /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
209 | is running. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
210 | |
211 | Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
212 | ||
213 | /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 | 214 | |
4588ec20 JB |
215 | Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
216 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
217 | /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
218 | are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
4588ec20 JB |
219 | |
220 | If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
221 | as a character code. |
222 | ||
223 | This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
224 | is retained for compatibility. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
225 | |
226 | Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
227 | ||
228 | /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
229 | ||
230 | Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
231 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
232 | /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
233 | cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. positive means at end of | |
234 | text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ | |
235 | ||
4588ec20 | 236 | int cursor_in_echo_area; |
9cda4f7c RS |
237 | |
238 | Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table; | |
5f5c8ee5 | 239 | |
4588ec20 | 240 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 | 241 | /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
91fb7e1b | 242 | variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
4588ec20 | 243 | |
91fb7e1b | 244 | Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
4588ec20 | 245 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 246 | /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such |
502b9b64 | 247 | frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
87485d6f MW |
248 | selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
249 | the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
4588ec20 | 250 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 251 | struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; |
d52bad65 | 252 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 253 | /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ |
4588ec20 | 254 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 255 | FILE *termscript; |
502b9b64 | 256 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 257 | /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ |
4588ec20 | 258 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 259 | struct cm Wcm; |
4588ec20 | 260 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 261 | /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ |
4588ec20 | 262 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 263 | int delayed_size_change; |
4588ec20 | 264 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 265 | /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ |
4588ec20 | 266 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 267 | static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; |
4588ec20 | 268 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 269 | /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ |
4588ec20 | 270 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 271 | struct window *updated_window; |
4588ec20 | 272 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 273 | /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ |
4588ec20 | 274 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
275 | struct glyph_row *updated_row; |
276 | int updated_area; | |
4588ec20 | 277 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 278 | /* A glyph for a space. */ |
4588ec20 | 279 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 280 | struct glyph space_glyph; |
4588ec20 | 281 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
282 | /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's |
283 | no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
284 | direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
4588ec20 | 285 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 286 | int redisplay_performed_directly_p; |
4588ec20 | 287 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
288 | /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose |
289 | memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
4588ec20 | 290 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
291 | int glyph_matrix_count; |
292 | int glyph_pool_count; | |
4588ec20 | 293 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
294 | /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If |
295 | null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
4588ec20 | 296 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 297 | static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; |
4588ec20 | 298 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
299 | /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. |
300 | A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
4588ec20 | 301 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 302 | struct redisplay_interface *rif; |
4588ec20 | 303 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
304 | /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph |
305 | matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
306 | be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
307 | reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
308 | loaded on demand. */ | |
836d2cde | 309 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 310 | int fonts_changed_p; |
836d2cde | 311 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
312 | /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
313 | This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
836d2cde | 314 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 315 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
4588ec20 | 316 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
317 | static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
318 | static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
319 | #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
320 | #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
4588ec20 | 321 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 322 | #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
4588ec20 | 323 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
324 | #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) |
325 | #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
4588ec20 | 326 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 327 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
4588ec20 | 328 | |
4588ec20 | 329 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
330 | /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the |
331 | first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
332 | address of this function is used. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
333 | |
334 | void | |
335 | safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
336 | char *from, *to; | |
337 | int size; | |
338 | { | |
b5c685f4 | 339 | if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
4588ec20 JB |
340 | return; |
341 | ||
b5c685f4 JB |
342 | /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
343 | handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in | |
344 | memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ | |
345 | if (to < from || from + size <= to) | |
346 | bcopy (from, to, size); | |
347 | ||
348 | /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ | |
349 | else | |
4588ec20 | 350 | { |
b5c685f4 JB |
351 | register char *endf = from + size; |
352 | register char *endt = to + size; | |
4588ec20 JB |
353 | |
354 | /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
355 | nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
356 | TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
357 | makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
b5c685f4 JB |
358 | anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
359 | bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
360 | if (to - from < 64) |
361 | { | |
362 | do | |
363 | *--endt = *--endf; | |
364 | while (endf != from); | |
365 | } | |
366 | else | |
367 | { | |
b5c685f4 | 368 | for (;;) |
4588ec20 JB |
369 | { |
370 | endt -= (to - from); | |
371 | endf -= (to - from); | |
372 | ||
b5c685f4 JB |
373 | if (endt < to) |
374 | break; | |
375 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
376 | bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
377 | } | |
b5c685f4 JB |
378 | |
379 | /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
380 | little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
381 | from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
382 | bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
383 | } | |
384 | } | |
4588ec20 JB |
385 | } |
386 | ||
4588ec20 | 387 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
388 | \f |
389 | /*********************************************************************** | |
390 | Glyph Matrices | |
391 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
392 | ||
393 | /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
394 | pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
395 | for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
396 | member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
397 | POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
398 | ||
399 | struct glyph_matrix * | |
400 | new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
401 | struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
4588ec20 | 402 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
403 | struct glyph_matrix *result; |
404 | ||
405 | /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
406 | result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
407 | bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
4588ec20 | 408 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
409 | /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used |
410 | to detect memory leaks. */ | |
411 | ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
4588ec20 | 412 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
413 | /* Set pool and return. */ |
414 | result->pool = pool; | |
415 | return result; | |
4588ec20 JB |
416 | } |
417 | ||
4588ec20 | 418 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
419 | /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. |
420 | ||
421 | The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
422 | is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
423 | than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
424 | pointer was passed to this function. | |
425 | ||
426 | If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
427 | glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
428 | matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
429 | ||
430 | static void | |
431 | free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
432 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
4588ec20 | 433 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
434 | if (matrix) |
435 | { | |
436 | int i; | |
437 | ||
438 | /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
439 | allocated. */ | |
440 | if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
441 | abort (); | |
442 | ||
443 | /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
444 | if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
445 | for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
446 | xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
447 | ||
448 | /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
449 | xfree (matrix->rows); | |
450 | xfree (matrix); | |
451 | } | |
452 | } | |
4588ec20 | 453 | |
4588ec20 | 454 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
455 | /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of |
456 | window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
457 | display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
458 | area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
459 | or a float. */ | |
460 | ||
461 | static int | |
462 | margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
463 | struct window *w; | |
464 | int total_glyphs; | |
465 | Lisp_Object margin; | |
466 | { | |
467 | int n; | |
4588ec20 | 468 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 469 | if (NUMBERP (margin)) |
4588ec20 | 470 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
471 | int width = XFASTINT (w->width); |
472 | double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
473 | d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
474 | n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
475 | } | |
476 | else | |
477 | n = 0; | |
478 | ||
479 | return n; | |
480 | } | |
481 | ||
4588ec20 | 482 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
483 | /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed |
484 | window sizes. | |
4588ec20 | 485 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
486 | W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. |
487 | Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
488 | indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
489 | matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
490 | window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
d52bad65 | 491 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
492 | In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph |
493 | matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
494 | storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
495 | MATRIX->pool. | |
23b0200c | 496 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
497 | The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete |
498 | frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
499 | change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
500 | requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
501 | make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
502 | what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
503 | leads to screen flickering. */ | |
23b0200c | 504 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
505 | static void |
506 | adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
507 | struct window *w; | |
508 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
509 | int x, y; | |
510 | struct dim dim; | |
511 | { | |
512 | int i; | |
513 | int new_rows; | |
514 | int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
045dee35 GM |
515 | int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
516 | int header_line_p = 0; | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
517 | int left = -1, right = -1; |
518 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; | |
519 | ||
520 | /* See if W had a top line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ | |
521 | if (w) | |
522 | { | |
045dee35 GM |
523 | header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
524 | header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
5f5c8ee5 | 525 | } |
045dee35 | 526 | matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
23b0200c | 527 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
528 | /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
529 | haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
530 | the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
531 | if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
532 | { | |
533 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
534 | left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
535 | right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
536 | xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
537 | marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
538 | || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
539 | ||
540 | if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
541 | && !fonts_changed_p | |
045dee35 | 542 | && !header_line_changed_p |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
543 | && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
544 | && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
545 | && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
546 | && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
547 | return; | |
548 | } | |
549 | ||
550 | /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
551 | if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
552 | { | |
553 | int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
554 | new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
555 | matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
556 | bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
557 | new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
558 | matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
559 | } | |
560 | else | |
561 | new_rows = 0; | |
60a8948a | 562 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
563 | /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix |
564 | on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
565 | each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
566 | if (matrix->pool) | |
567 | { | |
568 | xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
569 | ||
570 | if (w) | |
60a8948a | 571 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
572 | left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
573 | w->left_margin_width); | |
574 | right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
575 | w->right_margin_width); | |
60a8948a | 576 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
577 | else |
578 | left = right = 0; | |
579 | ||
580 | for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
60a8948a | 581 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
582 | struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; |
583 | ||
584 | row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
585 | = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
586 | + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
587 | + x); | |
588 | ||
589 | if (w == NULL | |
590 | || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
045dee35 | 591 | || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
592 | { |
593 | row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
594 | = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
595 | row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
596 | = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
597 | row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
598 | = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
599 | } | |
600 | else | |
601 | { | |
602 | row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
603 | = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
604 | row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
605 | = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
606 | row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
607 | = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
608 | } | |
60a8948a | 609 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
610 | |
611 | matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
612 | matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
613 | } | |
614 | else | |
615 | { | |
616 | /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
617 | its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
618 | if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
619 | || new_rows | |
045dee35 | 620 | || header_line_changed_p |
5f5c8ee5 | 621 | || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
4588ec20 | 622 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
623 | struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; |
624 | struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
625 | ||
626 | while (row < end) | |
627 | { | |
628 | row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
629 | = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
630 | (dim.width | |
631 | * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
632 | ||
633 | /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
634 | if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
045dee35 | 635 | || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
636 | { |
637 | row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
638 | = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
639 | row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
640 | = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
641 | row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
642 | = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
643 | } | |
644 | else | |
645 | { | |
646 | row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
647 | = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
648 | row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
649 | = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
650 | row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
651 | = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
652 | } | |
653 | ++row; | |
654 | } | |
4588ec20 JB |
655 | } |
656 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
657 | xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
658 | matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
659 | matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
660 | } | |
661 | ||
662 | /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
663 | matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
664 | ||
665 | /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having valid | |
666 | contents. It's important to not do this for desired matrices. | |
667 | When Emacs starts, it may already be building desired matrices | |
668 | when this function runs. */ | |
669 | if (w && matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
670 | { | |
671 | /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, | |
672 | upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part | |
673 | of the window. */ | |
674 | if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
675 | && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) | |
676 | && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
4588ec20 | 677 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
678 | i = 0; |
679 | while (matrix->rows[i].enabled_p | |
680 | && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) | |
681 | < matrix->window_height)) | |
682 | ++i; | |
683 | ||
684 | /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that | |
685 | are invalidated. */ | |
686 | if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) | |
687 | && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) | |
688 | w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
689 | ||
690 | while (i < matrix->nrows) | |
691 | matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; | |
692 | } | |
693 | else | |
694 | { | |
695 | for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
696 | matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
4588ec20 | 697 | } |
4588ec20 | 698 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
699 | |
700 | /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
701 | matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
702 | matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
703 | matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
704 | matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
705 | ||
706 | /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
707 | was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
708 | if (w) | |
4588ec20 | 709 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
710 | matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); |
711 | matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
712 | matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
713 | matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
714 | } | |
715 | } | |
4588ec20 | 716 | |
4588ec20 | 717 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
718 | /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The |
719 | contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
720 | 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
721 | below). */ | |
d52bad65 | 722 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
723 | static void |
724 | reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) | |
725 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
726 | int start, end; | |
727 | { | |
728 | int i, j; | |
23b0200c | 729 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
730 | for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) |
731 | { | |
732 | /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
733 | initialization. */ | |
734 | struct glyph_row temp; | |
735 | temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
736 | matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
737 | matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
738 | } | |
739 | } | |
23b0200c | 740 | |
23b0200c | 741 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
742 | /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - |
743 | 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
744 | indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
745 | row structures are moved around). | |
60a8948a | 746 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
747 | The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first |
748 | described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
749 | sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
750 | after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
751 | and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
752 | rotating right. */ | |
753 | ||
754 | void | |
755 | rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
756 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
757 | int first, last, by; | |
758 | { | |
759 | if (by < 0) | |
760 | { | |
761 | /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
762 | by = -by; | |
763 | reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
764 | reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
765 | reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
766 | } | |
767 | else if (by > 0) | |
768 | { | |
769 | /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ | |
770 | reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
771 | reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
772 | reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
773 | } | |
774 | } | |
775 | ||
776 | ||
777 | /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
778 | with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
779 | DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
780 | ||
781 | void | |
782 | increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, | |
783 | delta_bytes) | |
784 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
785 | int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
786 | { | |
787 | /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
788 | xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
789 | xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
790 | xassert (start <= end); | |
791 | ||
792 | for (; start < end; ++start) | |
793 | increment_glyph_row_buffer_positions (matrix->rows + start, | |
794 | delta, delta_bytes); | |
795 | } | |
796 | ||
797 | ||
798 | /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
799 | the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
800 | ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
801 | ||
802 | void | |
803 | enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
804 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
805 | int start, end; | |
806 | int enabled_p; | |
807 | { | |
808 | xassert (start <= end); | |
809 | xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
810 | xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
811 | ||
812 | for (; start < end; ++start) | |
813 | matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
814 | } | |
815 | ||
816 | ||
817 | /* Clear MATRIX. | |
818 | ||
819 | This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
820 | all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
821 | will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
822 | enabled_p flag. | |
823 | ||
824 | Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
825 | currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
826 | ||
827 | void | |
828 | clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
829 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
830 | { | |
831 | if (matrix) | |
832 | { | |
833 | enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); | |
834 | matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
835 | } | |
836 | } | |
837 | ||
838 | ||
839 | /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
840 | Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
841 | and recompute their visible height. */ | |
842 | ||
843 | void | |
844 | shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
845 | struct window *w; | |
846 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
847 | int start, end, dy; | |
848 | { | |
849 | int min_y, max_y; | |
850 | ||
851 | xassert (start <= end); | |
852 | xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
853 | xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
854 | ||
045dee35 | 855 | min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
856 | max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
857 | ||
858 | for (; start < end; ++start) | |
859 | { | |
860 | struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
861 | ||
862 | row->y += dy; | |
863 | ||
864 | if (row->y < min_y) | |
865 | row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
866 | else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
867 | row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
868 | else | |
869 | row->visible_height = row->height; | |
870 | } | |
871 | } | |
872 | ||
873 | ||
874 | /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
875 | invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
876 | current matrix. */ | |
877 | ||
878 | void | |
879 | clear_current_matrices (f) | |
880 | register struct frame *f; | |
881 | { | |
882 | /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
883 | if (f->current_matrix) | |
884 | clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
885 | ||
886 | /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
887 | The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
888 | no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
889 | if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
890 | clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
891 | ||
9ea173e8 GM |
892 | /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
893 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) | |
894 | clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
895 | |
896 | /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
897 | xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
898 | clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
899 | } | |
900 | ||
901 | ||
902 | /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
903 | ||
904 | void | |
905 | clear_desired_matrices (f) | |
906 | register struct frame *f; | |
907 | { | |
908 | if (f->desired_matrix) | |
909 | clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
910 | ||
911 | if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
912 | clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
913 | ||
9ea173e8 GM |
914 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
915 | clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
916 | |
917 | /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
918 | xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
919 | clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
920 | } | |
921 | ||
922 | ||
923 | /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
924 | non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
925 | ||
926 | static void | |
927 | clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
928 | struct window *w; | |
929 | int desired_p; | |
930 | { | |
931 | while (w) | |
932 | { | |
933 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
934 | { | |
935 | xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
936 | clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
937 | } | |
938 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
939 | { | |
940 | xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); | |
941 | clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
942 | } | |
943 | else | |
944 | { | |
945 | if (desired_p) | |
946 | clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
947 | else | |
948 | { | |
949 | clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
950 | w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
951 | } | |
952 | } | |
953 | ||
954 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
955 | } | |
956 | } | |
957 | ||
958 | ||
959 | \f | |
960 | /*********************************************************************** | |
961 | Glyph Rows | |
962 | ||
963 | See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
964 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
965 | ||
966 | /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
967 | changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
968 | structure members. */ | |
969 | ||
970 | void | |
971 | clear_glyph_row (row) | |
972 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
973 | { | |
974 | struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
975 | static struct glyph_row null_row; | |
976 | ||
977 | /* Save pointers. */ | |
978 | p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
979 | p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
980 | p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
981 | p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
982 | ||
983 | /* Clear. */ | |
984 | *row = null_row; | |
985 | ||
986 | /* Restore pointers. */ | |
987 | row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
988 | row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
989 | row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
990 | row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
991 | } | |
992 | ||
993 | ||
994 | /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
995 | in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
996 | ||
997 | void | |
998 | blank_row (w, row, y) | |
999 | struct window *w; | |
1000 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
1001 | int y; | |
1002 | { | |
1003 | int min_y, max_y; | |
1004 | ||
045dee35 | 1005 | min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1006 | max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
1007 | ||
1008 | clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1009 | row->y = y; | |
408f5064 GM |
1010 | row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
1011 | row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1012 | |
1013 | if (row->y < min_y) | |
1014 | row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
1015 | else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
1016 | row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
1017 | else | |
1018 | row->visible_height = row->height; | |
1019 | ||
1020 | row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1021 | } | |
1022 | ||
1023 | ||
1024 | /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1025 | are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1026 | glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1027 | the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1028 | ends. */ | |
1029 | ||
1030 | void | |
1031 | increment_glyph_row_buffer_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1032 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
1033 | int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1034 | { | |
1035 | int area, i; | |
1036 | ||
1037 | /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1038 | MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1039 | MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1040 | MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1041 | MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1042 | ||
1043 | /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1044 | for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1045 | for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1046 | if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1047 | && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1048 | row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1049 | ||
1050 | /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1051 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1052 | && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1053 | row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1054 | } | |
1055 | ||
1056 | ||
1057 | /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph | |
1058 | contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1059 | B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1060 | ||
1061 | static void | |
1062 | swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1063 | struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | int area; | |
1066 | ||
1067 | for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1068 | { | |
1069 | /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1070 | int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1071 | ||
1072 | /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1073 | struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1074 | ||
1075 | /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1076 | struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1077 | ||
1078 | /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1079 | struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1080 | ||
1081 | while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1082 | { | |
1083 | /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1084 | initialization. */ | |
1085 | struct glyph temp; | |
1086 | temp = *glyph_a; | |
1087 | *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1088 | *glyph_b = temp; | |
1089 | ++glyph_a; | |
1090 | ++glyph_b; | |
1091 | } | |
1092 | } | |
1093 | } | |
1094 | ||
1095 | ||
1096 | /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1097 | ||
1098 | static INLINE void | |
1099 | swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1100 | struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1101 | { | |
1102 | int i; | |
1103 | for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1104 | { | |
1105 | struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1106 | a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1107 | b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1108 | } | |
1109 | } | |
1110 | ||
1111 | ||
1112 | /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1113 | that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1114 | ||
1115 | INLINE void | |
1116 | copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1117 | struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1118 | { | |
1119 | struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1120 | ||
1121 | /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1122 | bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1123 | ||
1124 | /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1125 | *to = *from; | |
1126 | ||
1127 | /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1128 | bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1129 | } | |
1130 | ||
1131 | ||
1132 | /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1133 | TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1134 | glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1135 | positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1136 | ||
1137 | void | |
1138 | copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1139 | struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1140 | int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1141 | { | |
1142 | int area; | |
1143 | ||
1144 | /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1145 | glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1146 | copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1147 | ||
1148 | /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1149 | for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1150 | if (from->used[area]) | |
1151 | bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
1152 | from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
1153 | ||
1154 | /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
1155 | increment_glyph_row_buffer_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); | |
1156 | } | |
1157 | ||
1158 | ||
1159 | /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1160 | assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1161 | exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1162 | a memory leak. */ | |
1163 | ||
1164 | static INLINE void | |
1165 | assign_row (to, from) | |
1166 | struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1167 | { | |
1168 | swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1169 | copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1170 | } | |
1171 | ||
1172 | ||
1173 | /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1174 | a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1175 | glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1176 | is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1177 | memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1178 | ||
1179 | static int | |
1180 | glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1181 | struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1182 | { | |
1183 | struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1184 | struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1185 | struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1186 | ||
1187 | return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1188 | && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | ||
1191 | ||
1192 | /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice | |
1193 | of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1194 | in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1195 | ||
1196 | static struct glyph_row * | |
1197 | find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1198 | struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1199 | int row; | |
1200 | { | |
1201 | int i; | |
1202 | ||
1203 | xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1204 | ||
1205 | for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1206 | if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1207 | frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1208 | break; | |
1209 | ||
1210 | return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1211 | } | |
1212 | ||
1213 | ||
1214 | /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1215 | i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1216 | enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1217 | call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1218 | ||
1219 | void | |
1220 | prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1221 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1224 | { | |
1225 | clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1226 | row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1227 | } | |
1228 | } | |
1229 | ||
1230 | ||
1231 | /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1232 | ||
1233 | int | |
1234 | line_hash_code (row) | |
1235 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
1236 | { | |
1237 | int hash = 0; | |
1238 | ||
1239 | if (row->enabled_p) | |
1240 | { | |
1241 | if (row->inverse_p) | |
1242 | { | |
1243 | /* Give all highlighted lines the same hash code | |
1244 | so as to encourage scrolling to leave them in place. */ | |
1245 | hash = -1; | |
1246 | } | |
1247 | else | |
1248 | { | |
1249 | struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1250 | struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1251 | ||
1252 | while (glyph < end) | |
1253 | { | |
1254 | GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*glyph); | |
1255 | if (must_write_spaces) | |
1256 | g -= SPACEGLYPH; | |
1257 | hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + g; | |
1258 | ++glyph; | |
1259 | } | |
1260 | ||
1261 | if (hash == 0) | |
1262 | hash = 1; | |
1263 | } | |
1264 | } | |
1265 | ||
1266 | return hash; | |
1267 | } | |
1268 | ||
1269 | ||
1270 | /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS In MATRIX. The cost equals | |
1271 | the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is | |
1272 | zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1273 | ||
1274 | static unsigned int | |
1275 | line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1276 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1277 | int vpos; | |
1278 | { | |
1279 | struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1280 | struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1281 | struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1282 | int len; | |
1283 | Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1284 | int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1285 | ||
1286 | /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1287 | if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1288 | { | |
1289 | /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
1290 | while (end != beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*end)) | |
1291 | --end; | |
1292 | ||
1293 | /* All blank line. */ | |
1294 | if (end == beg) | |
1295 | return 0; | |
1296 | ||
1297 | /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1298 | while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1299 | ++beg; | |
1300 | } | |
1301 | ||
1302 | /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1303 | so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1304 | if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1305 | len = end - beg; | |
1306 | else | |
1307 | { | |
1308 | /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1309 | in LEN. */ | |
1310 | len = 0; | |
1311 | while (beg < end) | |
1312 | { | |
1313 | GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
1314 | ||
1315 | if (GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) | |
1316 | len += 1; | |
1317 | else | |
1318 | len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
1319 | ||
1320 | ++beg; | |
1321 | } | |
1322 | } | |
1323 | ||
1324 | return len; | |
1325 | } | |
1326 | ||
1327 | ||
1328 | /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1329 | and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1330 | rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
1331 | visibility. */ | |
1332 | ||
1333 | static INLINE int | |
1334 | row_equal_p (w, a, b) | |
1335 | struct window *w; | |
1336 | struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1337 | { | |
1338 | if (a == b) | |
1339 | return 1; | |
1340 | else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1341 | return 0; | |
1342 | else | |
1343 | { | |
1344 | struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1345 | int area; | |
1346 | ||
1347 | /* Compare glyphs. */ | |
1348 | for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1349 | { | |
1350 | if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1351 | return 0; | |
1352 | ||
1353 | a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1354 | a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1355 | b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1356 | ||
1357 | while (a_glyph < a_end | |
1358 | && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1359 | ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
1360 | ||
1361 | if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
1362 | return 0; | |
1363 | } | |
1364 | ||
1365 | if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1366 | || a->inverse_p != b->inverse_p | |
1367 | || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1368 | || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1369 | || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1370 | || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1371 | || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
408f5064 | 1372 | || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1373 | || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1374 | != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1375 | /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1376 | || a->x != b->x | |
1377 | /* Different height. */ | |
1378 | || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
408f5064 GM |
1379 | || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
1380 | || a->phys_height != b->phys_height | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1381 | || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1382 | return 0; | |
1383 | } | |
1384 | ||
1385 | return 1; | |
1386 | } | |
1387 | ||
1388 | ||
1389 | \f | |
1390 | /*********************************************************************** | |
1391 | Glyph Pool | |
1392 | ||
1393 | See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1394 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
1395 | ||
1396 | /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1397 | initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1398 | incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1399 | ||
1400 | static struct glyph_pool * | |
1401 | new_glyph_pool () | |
1402 | { | |
1403 | struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1404 | ||
1405 | /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1406 | result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1407 | bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
1408 | ||
1409 | /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
1410 | ++glyph_pool_count; | |
1411 | ||
1412 | return result; | |
1413 | } | |
1414 | ||
1415 | ||
1416 | /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1417 | a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1418 | decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1419 | negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1420 | structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1421 | was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1422 | ||
1423 | static void | |
1424 | free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1425 | struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1426 | { | |
1427 | if (pool) | |
1428 | { | |
1429 | /* More freed than allocated? */ | |
1430 | --glyph_pool_count; | |
1431 | xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1432 | ||
1433 | xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1434 | xfree (pool); | |
1435 | } | |
1436 | } | |
1437 | ||
1438 | ||
1439 | /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1440 | columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1441 | case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1442 | is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1443 | does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1444 | ||
1445 | Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1446 | re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1447 | ||
1448 | static int | |
1449 | realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1450 | struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1451 | struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1452 | { | |
1453 | int needed; | |
1454 | int changed_p; | |
1455 | ||
1456 | changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1457 | || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1458 | || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1459 | ||
1460 | /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1461 | needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1462 | if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1463 | { | |
1464 | int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1465 | ||
1466 | if (pool->glyphs) | |
1467 | pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1468 | else | |
1469 | { | |
1470 | pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1471 | bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1472 | } | |
1473 | ||
1474 | pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1475 | } | |
1476 | ||
1477 | /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use then | |
1478 | to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines | |
1479 | where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1480 | determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1481 | pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1482 | pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
1483 | ||
1484 | return changed_p; | |
1485 | } | |
1486 | ||
1487 | ||
1488 | \f | |
1489 | /*********************************************************************** | |
1490 | Debug Code | |
1491 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
1492 | ||
1493 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1494 | ||
1495 | /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a | |
1496 | pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1497 | rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1498 | MATRIX. */ | |
1499 | ||
1500 | void | |
1501 | check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1502 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1503 | { | |
1504 | int i, j; | |
1505 | ||
1506 | for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1507 | for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1508 | xassert (i == j | |
1509 | || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1510 | != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1511 | } | |
1512 | ||
1513 | ||
1514 | /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1515 | ||
1516 | struct glyph_row * | |
1517 | matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1518 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1519 | int row; | |
1520 | { | |
1521 | xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1522 | xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1523 | ||
1524 | /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1525 | is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1526 | fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
1527 | #if 0 | |
1528 | check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); | |
1529 | #endif | |
1530 | ||
1531 | return matrix->rows + row; | |
1532 | } | |
1533 | ||
1534 | ||
1535 | #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1536 | partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1537 | nevertheless. */ | |
1538 | ||
1539 | /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1540 | window W. */ | |
1541 | ||
1542 | static void | |
1543 | check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
1544 | struct window *w; | |
1545 | { | |
1546 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
1547 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1548 | struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1549 | struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1550 | struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1551 | struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1552 | int c; | |
1553 | ||
1554 | /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
1555 | if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1556 | return; | |
1557 | ||
1558 | set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1559 | ||
1560 | /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1561 | while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1562 | && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1563 | { | |
1564 | struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1565 | ||
1566 | if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1567 | last_text_row = row; | |
1568 | ||
1569 | /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1570 | xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1571 | == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1572 | ||
1573 | /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1574 | have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1575 | displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1576 | if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1577 | xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1578 | == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1579 | ||
1580 | /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1581 | of next row. */ | |
1582 | if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1583 | { | |
1584 | xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1585 | == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1586 | xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1587 | == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1588 | } | |
1589 | row = next; | |
1590 | } | |
1591 | ||
1592 | xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1593 | xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1594 | set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1595 | } | |
1596 | ||
1597 | #endif /* 0 */ | |
1598 | ||
1599 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1600 | ||
1601 | ||
1602 | \f | |
1603 | /********************************************************************** | |
1604 | Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1605 | **********************************************************************/ | |
1606 | ||
1607 | /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1608 | redisplay | |
1609 | ||
1610 | X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1611 | sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1612 | allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1613 | character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1614 | means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1615 | result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1616 | performed. | |
1617 | ||
1618 | The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1619 | the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1620 | will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1621 | ||
1622 | *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1623 | ||
1624 | NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1625 | glyph matrices yet, and | |
1626 | ||
1627 | CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1628 | any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
1629 | DIM_ONLY_P). | |
1630 | ||
1631 | *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1632 | function. | |
1633 | ||
1634 | Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1635 | through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1636 | either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1637 | right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1638 | bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1639 | window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1640 | be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1641 | horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1642 | vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1643 | ||
1644 | This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1645 | algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1646 | necessary. | |
1647 | ||
1648 | The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1649 | maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1650 | a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1651 | windows in the sequence. | |
1652 | ||
1653 | |<------- result width ------->| | |
1654 | +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1655 | | | | | | | |
1656 | | | | | | |
1657 | +---------+ | | result height | |
1658 | | +---------+ | |
1659 | | | | | |
1660 | +----------+ --- | |
1661 | ||
1662 | The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1663 | of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1664 | matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1665 | ||
1666 | |<---- result width -->| | |
1667 | +---------+ --- | |
1668 | | | | | |
1669 | | | | | |
1670 | +---------+--+ | | |
1671 | | | | | |
1672 | | | result height | |
1673 | | | | |
1674 | +------------+---------+ | | |
1675 | | | | | |
1676 | | | | | |
1677 | +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1678 | ||
1679 | /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1680 | allocated. */ | |
1681 | ||
1682 | #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1683 | ||
1684 | /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1685 | size. */ | |
1686 | ||
1687 | #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1688 | ||
1689 | static struct dim | |
1690 | allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1691 | dim_only_p, window_change_flags) | |
1692 | Lisp_Object window; | |
1693 | int x, y; | |
1694 | struct dim ch_dim; | |
1695 | int dim_only_p; | |
1696 | int *window_change_flags; | |
1697 | { | |
1698 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1699 | int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1700 | int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1701 | struct dim total; | |
1702 | struct dim dim; | |
1703 | struct window *w; | |
1704 | int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1705 | ||
1706 | /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1707 | result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1708 | special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1709 | like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1710 | points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1711 | vertically below other windows. */ | |
1712 | in_horz_combination_p | |
1713 | = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1714 | && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1715 | ||
1716 | /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
1717 | do | |
1718 | { | |
1719 | w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1720 | ||
1721 | /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
1722 | on whether this a combination or a leaf window. */ | |
1723 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1724 | dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1725 | dim_only_p, | |
1726 | window_change_flags); | |
1727 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
1728 | dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1729 | dim_only_p, | |
1730 | window_change_flags); | |
1731 | else | |
1732 | { | |
1733 | /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1734 | if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1735 | { | |
1736 | w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1737 | w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1738 | *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | ||
1741 | /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
1742 | holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
1743 | dim.width = w->width; | |
1744 | dim.height = w->height; | |
1745 | ||
1746 | /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1747 | if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1748 | || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1749 | || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1750 | || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1751 | || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1752 | w->right_margin_width) | |
1753 | != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
1754 | || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1755 | w->left_margin_width) | |
1756 | != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
1757 | *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1758 | ||
1759 | /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1760 | CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1761 | may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1762 | that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1763 | necessary. */ | |
1764 | if (!dim_only_p) | |
1765 | { | |
1766 | adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1767 | adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1768 | } | |
1769 | } | |
1770 | ||
1771 | /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1772 | windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1773 | below W. */ | |
1774 | if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1775 | x += dim.width; | |
1776 | else | |
1777 | y += dim.height; | |
1778 | ||
1779 | /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1780 | wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1781 | hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1782 | ||
1783 | /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1784 | window = w->next; | |
1785 | } | |
1786 | while (!NILP (window)); | |
1787 | ||
1788 | /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1789 | level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1790 | widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1791 | by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1792 | height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1793 | x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1794 | if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1795 | { | |
1796 | total.width = x - x0; | |
1797 | total.height = hmax; | |
1798 | } | |
1799 | else | |
1800 | { | |
1801 | total.width = wmax; | |
1802 | total.height = y - y0; | |
1803 | } | |
1804 | ||
1805 | return total; | |
1806 | } | |
1807 | ||
1808 | ||
1809 | /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the | |
1810 | window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
1811 | size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
1812 | ||
1813 | static void | |
1814 | allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim) | |
1815 | struct window *w; | |
1816 | struct dim ch_dim; | |
1817 | { | |
1818 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
1819 | ||
1820 | while (w) | |
1821 | { | |
1822 | if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
1823 | allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild), ch_dim); | |
1824 | else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1825 | allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild), ch_dim); | |
1826 | else | |
1827 | { | |
1828 | /* W is a leaf window. */ | |
1829 | int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
1830 | int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); | |
1831 | struct dim dim; | |
1832 | ||
1833 | /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
1834 | if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1835 | { | |
1836 | w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
1837 | w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
1838 | } | |
1839 | ||
1840 | /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ | |
1841 | dim.width = (((window_pixel_width + ch_dim.width - 1) | |
1842 | / ch_dim.width) | |
1843 | /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ | |
1844 | + 2 | |
1845 | /* One partially visible column at the right | |
1846 | edge of each marginal area. */ | |
1847 | + 1 + 1); | |
1848 | ||
1849 | /* Compute number of glyph rows needed. */ | |
1850 | dim.height = (((window_pixel_height + ch_dim.height - 1) | |
1851 | / ch_dim.height) | |
1852 | /* One partially visible line at the top and | |
1853 | bottom of the window. */ | |
1854 | + 2 | |
1855 | /* 2 for top and mode line. */ | |
1856 | + 2); | |
1857 | ||
1858 | /* Change matrices. */ | |
1859 | adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
1860 | adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
1861 | } | |
1862 | ||
1863 | w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1864 | } | |
1865 | } | |
1866 | ||
1867 | ||
1868 | /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
1869 | do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
1870 | This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
1871 | changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
1872 | ||
1873 | void | |
1874 | adjust_glyphs (f) | |
1875 | struct frame *f; | |
1876 | { | |
408f5064 GM |
1877 | /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
1878 | glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ | |
1879 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1880 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1881 | if (f) |
1882 | adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
1883 | else | |
1884 | { | |
1885 | Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
1886 | ||
1887 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
1888 | adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
1889 | } | |
408f5064 GM |
1890 | |
1891 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1892 | } |
1893 | ||
1894 | ||
1895 | /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
1896 | ||
1897 | To be called from init_display. | |
1898 | ||
1899 | We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
1900 | Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
1901 | meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
1902 | windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
1903 | height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
1904 | windows to estimated values. */ | |
1905 | ||
1906 | static void | |
1907 | adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
1908 | { | |
91fb7e1b GM |
1909 | struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
1910 | struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 1911 | struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
91fb7e1b GM |
1912 | int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
1913 | int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); | |
1914 | int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1915 | |
1916 | /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
1917 | XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
1918 | XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
91fb7e1b | 1919 | set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1920 | |
1921 | /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
1922 | XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
1923 | XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
1924 | set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
1925 | ||
91fb7e1b | 1926 | adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
1927 | glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
1928 | } | |
1929 | ||
1930 | ||
1931 | /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
1932 | ||
1933 | static void | |
1934 | adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
1935 | struct frame *f; | |
1936 | { | |
1937 | if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
1938 | adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
1939 | else | |
1940 | adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
1941 | ||
1942 | /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
1943 | decode_mode_spec. */ | |
1944 | adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
1945 | adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
1946 | ||
1947 | f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
1948 | } | |
1949 | ||
1950 | ||
1951 | /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
1952 | frame-based redisplay. */ | |
1953 | ||
1954 | static void | |
1955 | adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
1956 | struct frame *f; | |
1957 | { | |
1958 | struct dim ch_dim; | |
1959 | struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1960 | int pool_changed_p; | |
1961 | int window_change_flags; | |
1962 | int top_window_y; | |
1963 | ||
1964 | if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
1965 | return; | |
1966 | ||
1967 | /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
1968 | console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
1969 | ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
1970 | ||
1971 | top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
1972 | ||
1973 | /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
1974 | if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
1975 | { | |
1976 | f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
1977 | f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
1978 | } | |
1979 | ||
1980 | /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
1981 | if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1982 | { | |
1983 | f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1984 | f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1985 | } | |
1986 | ||
1987 | /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer | |
1988 | window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
1989 | matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
1990 | mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
1991 | existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
1992 | matrix. */ | |
1993 | window_change_flags = 0; | |
1994 | matrix_dim | |
1995 | = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
1996 | 0, top_window_y, | |
1997 | ch_dim, 1, | |
1998 | &window_change_flags); | |
1999 | ||
2000 | /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2001 | matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2002 | ||
2003 | /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2004 | pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2005 | realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2006 | ||
2007 | /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
2008 | absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
2009 | if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2010 | { | |
2011 | /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2012 | allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2013 | 0, top_window_y, ch_dim, 0, | |
2014 | &window_change_flags); | |
2015 | ||
2016 | /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2017 | that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2018 | to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
2019 | xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
2020 | && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
2021 | ||
2022 | /* Resize frame matrices. */ | |
2023 | adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
2024 | adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
2025 | ||
2026 | /* Since location and size of sub-matrices within the pool may | |
2027 | have changed, and current matrices don't have meaningful | |
2028 | contents anymore, mark the frame garbaged. */ | |
2029 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
2030 | } | |
2031 | } | |
2032 | ||
2033 | ||
2034 | /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2035 | window-based redisplay. */ | |
2036 | ||
2037 | static void | |
2038 | adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2039 | struct frame *f; | |
2040 | { | |
2041 | struct dim ch_dim; | |
2042 | struct window *w; | |
2043 | ||
2044 | xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
2045 | ||
2046 | /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
2047 | #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2048 | ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2049 | ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2050 | #else | |
2051 | ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2052 | #endif | |
2053 | ||
2054 | /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
2055 | allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), | |
2056 | ch_dim); | |
2057 | ||
2058 | /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2059 | the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
2060 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
2061 | { | |
2062 | /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2063 | if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2064 | { | |
2065 | f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2066 | w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2067 | XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2068 | w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2069 | } | |
2070 | else | |
2071 | w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2072 | ||
2073 | /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2074 | adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
2075 | XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
2076 | XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
2077 | XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2078 | XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
2079 | allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2080 | } | |
2081 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2082 | ||
9ea173e8 GM |
2083 | /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
2084 | don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ | |
2085 | if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) | |
5f5c8ee5 | 2086 | { |
9ea173e8 GM |
2087 | f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
2088 | w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2089 | XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2090 | w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2091 | } | |
2092 | else | |
9ea173e8 | 2093 | w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2094 | |
2095 | XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2096 | XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
9ea173e8 | 2097 | XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2098 | XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
2099 | allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2100 | } | |
2101 | ||
2102 | ||
2103 | /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
2104 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2105 | Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not |
2106 | find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2107 | problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2108 | ||
2109 | (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2110 | eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2111 | ||
2112 | static void | |
2113 | adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2114 | struct frame *f; | |
2115 | { | |
2116 | int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2117 | ||
2118 | if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2119 | { | |
2120 | char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2121 | char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2122 | FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; |
2123 | } | |
2124 | else | |
2125 | FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2126 | } | |
2127 | ||
2128 | ||
2129 | /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2130 | ||
2131 | static void | |
2132 | adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2133 | struct frame *f; | |
2134 | { | |
2135 | f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2136 | = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2137 | FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2138 | } | |
2139 | ||
2140 | ||
2141 | \f | |
2142 | /********************************************************************** | |
2143 | Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2144 | **********************************************************************/ | |
2145 | ||
2146 | /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2147 | be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2148 | F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2149 | the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2150 | ||
2151 | void | |
2152 | free_glyphs (f) | |
2153 | struct frame *f; | |
2154 | { | |
2155 | if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2156 | { | |
2157 | f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; | |
2158 | ||
2159 | /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
2160 | if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2161 | free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2162 | ||
2163 | /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2164 | glyph matrices. */ | |
2165 | if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2166 | { | |
2167 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2168 | free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2169 | free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2170 | w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2171 | f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2172 | } | |
2173 | ||
9ea173e8 GM |
2174 | /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
2175 | if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) | |
5f5c8ee5 | 2176 | { |
9ea173e8 | 2177 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2178 | free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2179 | free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2180 | w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
9ea173e8 | 2181 | f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2182 | } |
2183 | ||
2184 | /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2185 | case we are called a second time. */ | |
2186 | if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2187 | { | |
2188 | free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2189 | free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2190 | f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2191 | } | |
2192 | ||
2193 | /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2194 | if (f->desired_pool) | |
2195 | { | |
2196 | free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2197 | free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2198 | f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
2199 | } | |
2200 | } | |
2201 | } | |
2202 | ||
2203 | ||
2204 | /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2205 | function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2206 | the same tree more than once. */ | |
2207 | ||
2208 | void | |
2209 | free_window_matrices (w) | |
2210 | struct window *w; | |
2211 | { | |
2212 | while (w) | |
2213 | { | |
2214 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2215 | free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2216 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2217 | free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2218 | else | |
2219 | { | |
2220 | /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2221 | to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2222 | W. */ | |
2223 | free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2224 | free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2225 | w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2226 | } | |
2227 | ||
2228 | /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2229 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2230 | } | |
2231 | } | |
2232 | ||
2233 | ||
2234 | /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2235 | shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2236 | exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2237 | explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2238 | ||
2239 | void | |
2240 | check_glyph_memory () | |
2241 | { | |
2242 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
2243 | ||
2244 | /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2245 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2246 | free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2247 | ||
2248 | /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2249 | if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2250 | abort (); | |
2251 | if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2252 | abort (); | |
2253 | } | |
2254 | ||
2255 | ||
2256 | \f | |
2257 | /********************************************************************** | |
2258 | Building a Frame Matrix | |
2259 | **********************************************************************/ | |
2260 | ||
2261 | /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2262 | windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2263 | suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2264 | on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2265 | must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2266 | screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2267 | window matrices in this section. | |
2268 | ||
2269 | Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2270 | For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2271 | desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2272 | made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2273 | ||
2274 | +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2275 | | desired | desired | | |
2276 | | | | | |
2277 | +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2278 | | current | | |
2279 | | | | |
2280 | +----------------------------------+ | |
2281 | ||
2282 | Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2283 | cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2284 | desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2285 | possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2286 | the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2287 | preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2288 | ||
2289 | Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2290 | up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2291 | matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2292 | enabled. | |
2293 | ||
2294 | After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
2295 | terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2296 | frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2297 | to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2298 | ||
2299 | This problem is solved like this: | |
2300 | ||
2301 | 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2302 | constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2303 | contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2304 | glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2305 | automatically. | |
2306 | ||
2307 | 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
2308 | intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2309 | on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2310 | use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2311 | assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2312 | window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2313 | window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2314 | glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2315 | mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2316 | current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2317 | ||
2318 | /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2319 | which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2320 | bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2321 | sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2322 | ||
2323 | static void | |
2324 | build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2325 | struct frame *f; | |
2326 | { | |
2327 | int i; | |
2328 | ||
2329 | /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ | |
2330 | xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2331 | ||
2332 | /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
2333 | Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2334 | for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2335 | clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2336 | ||
2337 | /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2338 | build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2339 | XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2340 | } | |
2341 | ||
2342 | ||
2343 | /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2344 | matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2345 | ||
2346 | static void | |
2347 | build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2348 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2349 | struct window *w; | |
2350 | { | |
2351 | while (w) | |
2352 | { | |
2353 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2354 | build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2355 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2356 | build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2357 | else | |
2358 | build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2359 | ||
2360 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2361 | } | |
2362 | } | |
2363 | ||
2364 | ||
2365 | /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2366 | desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2367 | current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2368 | must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2369 | FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2370 | is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2371 | Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2372 | frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2373 | means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2374 | preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2375 | ||
2376 | static void | |
2377 | build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2378 | struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
2379 | struct window *w; | |
2380 | { | |
2381 | struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; | |
2382 | int window_y, frame_y; | |
2383 | /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2384 | GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2385 | ||
2386 | /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2387 | if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2388 | { | |
2389 | window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2390 | ||
2391 | /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2392 | if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2393 | { | |
2394 | struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2395 | right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2396 | ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2397 | : '|'); | |
2398 | } | |
2399 | } | |
2400 | else | |
2401 | window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2402 | ||
2403 | /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2404 | frame matrix. */ | |
2405 | window_y = 0; | |
2406 | frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2407 | while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
2408 | { | |
2409 | struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; | |
2410 | struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
2411 | ||
2412 | /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2413 | window row. */ | |
2414 | fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2415 | ||
2416 | /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2417 | fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
2418 | ||
2419 | if (window_matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
2420 | { | |
2421 | /* We have to copy W's current matrix. Copy window | |
2422 | row to frame row. */ | |
2423 | bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], | |
2424 | frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2425 | window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2426 | } | |
2427 | else | |
2428 | { | |
2429 | /* Copy W's desired matrix. */ | |
2430 | ||
2431 | /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent | |
2432 | windows. */ | |
2433 | if (right_border_glyph) | |
2434 | { | |
2435 | struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2436 | SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2437 | } | |
2438 | ||
2439 | /* Due to hooks installed, it normally doesn't happen that | |
2440 | window rows and frame rows of the same matrix are out of | |
2441 | sync, i.e. have a different understanding of where to | |
2442 | find glyphs for the row. The following is a safety-belt | |
2443 | that doesn't cost much and makes absolutely sure that | |
2444 | window and frame matrices are in sync. */ | |
2445 | if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)) | |
2446 | { | |
2447 | /* Find the row in the window being a slice. There | |
2448 | should exist one from program logic. */ | |
2449 | struct glyph_row *slice_row | |
2450 | = find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, frame_y); | |
2451 | xassert (slice_row != 0); | |
2452 | ||
2453 | /* Exchange glyphs between both window rows. */ | |
2454 | swap_glyphs_in_rows (window_row, slice_row); | |
2455 | ||
2456 | /* Exchange pointers between both rows. */ | |
2457 | swap_glyph_pointers (window_row, slice_row); | |
2458 | } | |
2459 | ||
2460 | /* Now, we are sure that window row window_y is a slice of | |
2461 | the frame row frame_y. But, lets check that assumption. */ | |
2462 | xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); | |
2463 | ||
2464 | /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because | |
2465 | frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
a38634ff GM |
2466 | |
2467 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
2468 | strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
2469 | #endif | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2470 | } |
2471 | ||
2472 | /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2473 | up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2474 | can be done simply. */ | |
2475 | frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
2476 | = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
2477 | ||
2478 | /* Or in flags. */ | |
2479 | frame_row->enabled_p |= window_row->enabled_p; | |
2480 | frame_row->inverse_p |= window_row->inverse_p; | |
2481 | ||
2482 | /* Next row. */ | |
2483 | ++window_y; | |
2484 | ++frame_y; | |
2485 | } | |
2486 | } | |
2487 | ||
2488 | ||
2489 | /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2490 | ||
2491 | Each row has the form: | |
2492 | ||
2493 | +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2494 | | left | text | right | | |
2495 | +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2496 | ||
2497 | Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2498 | spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2499 | In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2500 | is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2501 | is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2502 | ||
2503 | To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2504 | ||
2505 | static void | |
2506 | fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2507 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
2508 | { | |
2509 | fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2510 | fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2511 | fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2512 | } | |
2513 | ||
2514 | ||
2515 | /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2516 | frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2517 | ||
2518 | static void | |
2519 | fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2520 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
2521 | int area; | |
2522 | { | |
2523 | if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2524 | { | |
2525 | struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2526 | struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2527 | ||
2528 | while (text < end) | |
2529 | *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2530 | row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2531 | } | |
2532 | } | |
2533 | ||
2534 | ||
2535 | /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2536 | reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2537 | ||
2538 | static void | |
2539 | fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2540 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
2541 | int upto; | |
2542 | { | |
2543 | int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2544 | struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2545 | ||
2546 | while (i < upto) | |
2547 | glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2548 | ||
2549 | row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2550 | } | |
2551 | ||
2552 | ||
2553 | \f | |
2554 | /********************************************************************** | |
2555 | Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2556 | **********************************************************************/ | |
2557 | ||
2558 | /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2559 | function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2560 | working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2561 | ||
2562 | static INLINE void | |
2563 | set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2564 | struct frame *f; | |
2565 | { | |
2566 | frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2567 | } | |
2568 | ||
2569 | ||
2570 | /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2571 | DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2572 | CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2573 | between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2574 | frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2575 | done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2576 | operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2577 | ||
2578 | static INLINE void | |
2579 | make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2580 | struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2581 | int row; | |
2582 | { | |
2583 | struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2584 | struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
2585 | ||
2586 | /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2587 | between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2588 | assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2589 | ||
2590 | /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2591 | current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
2592 | ||
2593 | /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2594 | for window matrices. */ | |
2595 | if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2596 | mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2597 | } | |
2598 | ||
2599 | ||
2600 | /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2601 | W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2602 | current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2603 | matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2604 | ||
2605 | static void | |
2606 | mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2607 | struct window *w; | |
2608 | int frame_row; | |
2609 | { | |
2610 | while (w) | |
2611 | { | |
2612 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2613 | mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2614 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2615 | mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2616 | else | |
2617 | { | |
2618 | /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2619 | here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2620 | will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2621 | int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2622 | ||
2623 | /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2624 | current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2625 | if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
2626 | { | |
2627 | struct glyph_row *current_row | |
2628 | = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2629 | struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2630 | = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
a38634ff GM |
2631 | |
2632 | if (desired_row->enabled_p) | |
2633 | assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2634 | else | |
2635 | swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2636 | current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
2637 | } | |
2638 | } | |
2639 | ||
2640 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2641 | } | |
2642 | } | |
2643 | ||
2644 | ||
2645 | /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2646 | lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2647 | including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2648 | row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2649 | to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2650 | index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2651 | row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2652 | ||
2653 | This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
2654 | ||
2655 | void | |
2656 | mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2657 | retained_p) | |
2658 | struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2659 | int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2660 | int *copy_from; | |
2661 | char *retained_p; | |
2662 | { | |
2663 | /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2664 | struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2665 | ||
2666 | /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2667 | struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
2668 | ||
2669 | int i; | |
2670 | ||
2671 | /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2672 | old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2673 | bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2674 | ||
2675 | /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2676 | for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2677 | { | |
2678 | int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2679 | ||
2680 | xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2681 | xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2682 | new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2683 | new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2684 | ||
2685 | /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2686 | if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2687 | new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2688 | } | |
2689 | ||
2690 | /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX Is a frame matrix. */ | |
2691 | if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2692 | mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2693 | unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2694 | } | |
2695 | ||
2696 | ||
2697 | /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after | |
2698 | scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
2699 | ||
2700 | We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
2701 | UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
2702 | COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
2703 | I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
2704 | index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
2705 | RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
2706 | which is empty. */ | |
2707 | ||
2708 | static void | |
2709 | mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
2710 | struct window *w; | |
2711 | int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2712 | int *copy_from; | |
2713 | char *retained_p; | |
2714 | { | |
2715 | while (w) | |
2716 | { | |
2717 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2718 | mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
2719 | nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2720 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2721 | mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
2722 | nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2723 | else | |
2724 | { | |
2725 | /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
2726 | matrix m. */ | |
2727 | struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
2728 | ||
2729 | int i; | |
2730 | ||
2731 | struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2732 | ||
2733 | /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
2734 | old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2735 | bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2736 | ||
2737 | for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2738 | { | |
2739 | /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
2740 | int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
2741 | ||
2742 | /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
2743 | int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
2744 | ||
2745 | /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
2746 | int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
2747 | ||
2748 | /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
2749 | int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
2750 | ||
2751 | /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
2752 | int from_inside_window_p | |
2753 | = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
2754 | ||
2755 | if (from_inside_window_p) | |
2756 | { | |
2757 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
2758 | /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ | |
2759 | int to_inside_window_p | |
2760 | = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; | |
2761 | #endif | |
2762 | ||
2763 | /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
2764 | int enabled_before_p; | |
2765 | ||
2766 | /* If not both lines inside the window, we have a | |
2767 | serious problem. */ | |
2768 | xassert (to_inside_window_p); | |
2769 | ||
2770 | /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
2771 | over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
2772 | that. */ | |
2773 | enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
2774 | m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
2775 | m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2776 | ||
2777 | /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
2778 | if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2779 | m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
2780 | } | |
2781 | } | |
2782 | ||
2783 | /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
2784 | CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
2785 | } | |
2786 | ||
2787 | /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2788 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2789 | } | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | ||
2792 | ||
2793 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
2794 | ||
2795 | /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
2796 | understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
2797 | window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
2798 | matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
2799 | glyph pointers. */ | |
2800 | ||
2801 | void | |
2802 | check_window_matrix_pointers (w) | |
2803 | struct window *w; | |
2804 | { | |
2805 | while (w) | |
2806 | { | |
2807 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2808 | check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2809 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2810 | check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2811 | else | |
60a8948a | 2812 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2813 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
2814 | check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
2815 | check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
60a8948a | 2816 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
2817 | |
2818 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2819 | } | |
2820 | } | |
2821 | ||
2822 | ||
2823 | /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
2824 | a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
2825 | each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
2826 | corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
2827 | ||
2828 | static void | |
2829 | check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
2830 | struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
2831 | { | |
2832 | /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
2833 | int i = 0; | |
2834 | ||
2835 | /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2836 | int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2837 | ||
2838 | /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
2839 | slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
2840 | mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
2841 | while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
2842 | { | |
2843 | if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
2844 | frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
2845 | abort (); | |
2846 | ++i, ++j; | |
2847 | } | |
2848 | } | |
2849 | ||
2850 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
2851 | ||
2852 | ||
2853 | \f | |
2854 | /********************************************************************** | |
2855 | VPOS and HPOS translations | |
2856 | **********************************************************************/ | |
2857 | ||
2858 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
2859 | ||
2860 | /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
2861 | vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
2862 | ||
2863 | static int | |
2864 | window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
2865 | struct window *w; | |
2866 | int vpos; | |
2867 | { | |
2868 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
2869 | ||
2870 | xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2871 | xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
2872 | vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
2873 | xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
2874 | return vpos; | |
2875 | } | |
2876 | ||
2877 | ||
2878 | /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
2879 | a vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
2880 | ||
2881 | static int | |
2882 | window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
2883 | struct window *w; | |
2884 | int hpos; | |
2885 | { | |
2886 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
2887 | ||
2888 | xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2889 | hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
2890 | return hpos; | |
2891 | } | |
2892 | ||
2893 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
2894 | ||
2895 | ||
2896 | \f | |
2897 | /********************************************************************** | |
2898 | Redrawing Frames | |
2899 | **********************************************************************/ | |
2900 | ||
2901 | DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
2902 | "Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.") | |
2903 | (frame) | |
2904 | Lisp_Object frame; | |
2905 | { | |
2906 | struct frame *f; | |
2907 | ||
2908 | CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame, 0); | |
2909 | f = XFRAME (frame); | |
2910 | ||
2911 | /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
2912 | (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
2913 | called so early here). */ | |
2914 | if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
2915 | return Qnil; | |
2916 | ||
2917 | update_begin (f); | |
2918 | if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) | |
2919 | set_terminal_modes (); | |
2920 | clear_frame (); | |
2921 | clear_current_matrices (f); | |
2922 | update_end (f); | |
2923 | fflush (stdout); | |
2924 | windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
2925 | /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
2926 | its redisplay done. */ | |
2927 | mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
2928 | set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
2929 | f->garbaged = 0; | |
2930 | return Qnil; | |
2931 | } | |
2932 | ||
2933 | ||
2934 | /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
2935 | function redraw-frame. */ | |
2936 | ||
2937 | void | |
2938 | redraw_frame (f) | |
2939 | struct frame *f; | |
2940 | { | |
2941 | Lisp_Object frame; | |
2942 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
2943 | Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
2944 | } | |
2945 | ||
2946 | ||
2947 | DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
2948 | "Clear and redisplay all visible frames.") | |
2949 | () | |
2950 | { | |
2951 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
2952 | ||
2953 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2954 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
2955 | Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
2956 | ||
2957 | return Qnil; | |
2958 | } | |
2959 | ||
2960 | ||
2961 | /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
2962 | visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
2963 | ||
2964 | void | |
2965 | redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
2966 | { | |
2967 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
2968 | ||
2969 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2970 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
2971 | && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
2972 | Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
2973 | } | |
2974 | ||
2975 | ||
2976 | \f | |
2977 | /*********************************************************************** | |
2978 | Direct Operations | |
2979 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
2980 | ||
2981 | /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
2982 | ||
2983 | This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
2984 | current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
2985 | perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
2986 | succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
2987 | set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
2988 | from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
2989 | ||
2990 | This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
2991 | In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
2992 | functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
2993 | for details where this function is called. */ | |
2994 | ||
2995 | int | |
2996 | direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
2997 | int g; | |
2998 | { | |
91fb7e1b | 2999 | register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3000 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3001 | struct it it, it2; | |
3002 | struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3003 | struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3004 | int n; | |
3005 | /* Non-null means that Redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ | |
3006 | int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); | |
3007 | /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3008 | int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3009 | int added_width; | |
3010 | struct text_pos pos; | |
3011 | int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3012 | ||
3013 | /* Not done directly. */ | |
3014 | redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3015 | ||
3016 | /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3017 | if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3018 | /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3019 | || fonts_changed_p | |
3020 | /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3021 | || face_change_count | |
3022 | /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
3023 | || !display_completed | |
3024 | /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ | |
3025 | || buffer_shared > 1 | |
3026 | /* Give up if w is mini-buffer and a message is being displayed there */ | |
b96fd3e8 | 3027 | || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])) |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3028 | /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3029 | is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3030 | || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3031 | /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
3032 | || (overwrite_p | |
3033 | && PT != ZV | |
3034 | && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
3035 | /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3036 | || g == '\t' | |
3037 | || g == '\n' | |
3038 | || g == '\r' | |
3039 | /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3040 | || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
408f5064 GM |
3041 | || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
3042 | /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation | |
3043 | lines would change. */ | |
3044 | (glyph_row->continued_p | |
3045 | /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is | |
3046 | overlapped by others because these other lines would | |
3047 | have to be redisplayed. */ | |
3048 | || glyph_row->overlapping_p | |
3049 | || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3050 | /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3051 | because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3052 | || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3053 | return 0; | |
3054 | ||
3055 | /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be | |
3056 | produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3057 | position. */ | |
3058 | clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3059 | SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
3060 | DEC_TEXT_POS (pos); | |
3061 | init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, | |
3062 | DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3063 | ||
3064 | glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3065 | ||
3066 | /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
3067 | whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3068 | whitespace face in that case. */ | |
f1f13490 | 3069 | if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3070 | && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3071 | { | |
3072 | struct glyph *last; | |
3073 | ||
3074 | last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3075 | if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3076 | || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
3077 | && last->u.ch.code == ' ')) | |
3078 | return 0; | |
3079 | } | |
3080 | ||
3081 | /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3082 | if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3083 | if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3084 | return 0; | |
3085 | ||
3086 | it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
3087 | it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3088 | it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3089 | it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3090 | it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3091 | it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
3092 | ||
3093 | /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3094 | (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
3095 | `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
3096 | combination of both. */ | |
3097 | delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3098 | while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3099 | { | |
3100 | PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3101 | ||
3102 | /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3103 | if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3104 | return 0; | |
3105 | ||
3106 | /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3107 | the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3108 | if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3109 | || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
408f5064 GM |
3110 | || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
3111 | || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3112 | || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3113 | return 0; | |
3114 | ||
3115 | delta += 1; | |
3116 | delta_bytes += it.len; | |
3117 | set_iterator_to_next (&it); | |
3118 | } | |
3119 | ||
3120 | /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3121 | to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3122 | added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3123 | if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3124 | return 0; | |
3125 | ||
3126 | /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ | |
3127 | it2 = it; | |
3128 | it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3129 | it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3130 | while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3131 | && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3132 | { | |
3133 | if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3134 | return 0; | |
3135 | set_iterator_to_next (&it2); | |
3136 | } | |
3137 | ||
3138 | /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3139 | n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3140 | ||
3141 | /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3142 | glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3143 | end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
60a8948a | 3144 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3145 | /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ |
3146 | xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
700fb05a GM |
3147 | safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
3148 | (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3149 | bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3150 | glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3151 | end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3152 | ||
3153 | /* Compute new line width. */ | |
3154 | glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3155 | end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3156 | glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3157 | while (glyph < end) | |
3158 | { | |
3159 | glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3160 | ++glyph; | |
3161 | } | |
3162 | ||
3163 | /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
3164 | inserted ones. */ | |
3165 | for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
f2fa858f | 3166 | if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3167 | glyph->charpos += delta; |
3168 | ||
3169 | if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
3170 | { | |
3171 | MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3172 | MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3173 | } | |
3174 | ||
3175 | /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
3176 | increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (w->current_matrix, | |
3177 | w->cursor.vpos + 1, | |
3178 | w->current_matrix->nrows, | |
3179 | delta, delta_bytes); | |
3180 | ||
3181 | glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3182 | |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3183 | ||
975c6226 GM |
3184 | glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
3185 | w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, | |
3186 | XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); | |
3187 | ||
f1f13490 | 3188 | if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3189 | highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3190 | ||
3191 | /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3192 | In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3193 | implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3194 | and updated_row. */ | |
3195 | updated_row = glyph_row; | |
3196 | update_begin (f); | |
3197 | if (rif) | |
3198 | { | |
3199 | rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3200 | ||
3201 | if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3202 | rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3203 | else | |
3204 | rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3205 | } | |
3206 | else | |
3207 | { | |
3208 | if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3209 | write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3210 | else | |
3211 | insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3212 | } | |
4588ec20 | 3213 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3214 | w->cursor.hpos += n; |
3215 | w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3216 | xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3217 | && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3218 | ||
3219 | /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3220 | using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3221 | a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3222 | and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3223 | if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3224 | rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3225 | w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3226 | else | |
3227 | { | |
3228 | int x, y; | |
3229 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3230 | + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3231 | ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3232 | : 0)); | |
3233 | y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3234 | cursor_to (y, x); | |
3235 | } | |
4588ec20 | 3236 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3237 | if (rif) |
3238 | rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1); | |
3239 | update_end (f); | |
3240 | updated_row = NULL; | |
3241 | fflush (stdout); | |
4588ec20 | 3242 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3243 | TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); |
4588ec20 | 3244 | |
0f8f5ffe GM |
3245 | UNCHANGED_MODIFIED = MODIFF; |
3246 | BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG; | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3247 | XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
3248 | w->last_cursor = w->cursor; | |
3249 | XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, MODIFF); | |
3250 | XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, OVERLAY_MODIFF); | |
4588ec20 | 3251 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3252 | redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
3253 | return 1; | |
3254 | } | |
448fd7c0 | 3255 | |
4588ec20 | 3256 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3257 | /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions |
3258 | left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3259 | is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3260 | ||
3261 | int | |
3262 | direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3263 | int n; | |
3264 | { | |
91fb7e1b | 3265 | struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3266 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3267 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
3268 | ||
3269 | /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3270 | if (face_change_count) | |
3271 | return 0; | |
3272 | ||
3273 | /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
3274 | displaying a message. */ | |
3275 | if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3276 | return 0; | |
3277 | ||
3278 | /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3279 | if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
3280 | return 0; | |
3281 | ||
3282 | /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ | |
3283 | if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) | |
3284 | return 0; | |
3285 | ||
f1f13490 GM |
3286 | /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
3287 | if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) | |
3288 | return 0; | |
3289 | ||
d2d2ddaf GM |
3290 | /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
3291 | because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ | |
3292 | if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) | |
3293 | return 0; | |
3294 | ||
3295 | /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ | |
3296 | if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) | |
3297 | return 0; | |
3298 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3299 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3300 | ||
3301 | if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
3302 | || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row)) | |
3303 | return 0; | |
3304 | ||
3305 | set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); | |
3306 | w->last_cursor = w->cursor; | |
3307 | XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); | |
3308 | ||
3309 | xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3310 | && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3311 | ||
3312 | if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3313 | rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3314 | w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3315 | else | |
3316 | { | |
3317 | int x, y; | |
3318 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3319 | + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3320 | ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3321 | : 0)); | |
3322 | y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3323 | cursor_to (y, x); | |
4588ec20 | 3324 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3325 | |
3326 | fflush (stdout); | |
3327 | redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; | |
4588ec20 JB |
3328 | return 1; |
3329 | } | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3330 | |
3331 | ||
4588ec20 | 3332 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3333 | /*********************************************************************** |
3334 | Frame Update | |
3335 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
4588ec20 | 3336 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3337 | /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. |
4588ec20 | 3338 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3339 | If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting |
3340 | pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3341 | scrolling. | |
3342 | ||
3343 | Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4588ec20 | 3344 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3345 | int |
3346 | update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) | |
3347 | struct frame *f; | |
3348 | int force_p; | |
3349 | int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3350 | { | |
3351 | /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3352 | int paused_p; | |
3353 | struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3354 | ||
3355 | if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
4588ec20 | 3356 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3357 | /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose |
3358 | flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3359 | ||
3360 | /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3361 | set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3362 | ||
3363 | /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3364 | when pending input is detected. */ | |
3365 | update_begin (f); | |
3366 | ||
3367 | /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3368 | support. */ | |
3369 | if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3370 | update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3371 | ||
3372 | /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
9ea173e8 | 3373 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
4588ec20 | 3374 | { |
5f5c8ee5 | 3375 | Lisp_Object tem; |
9ea173e8 | 3376 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3377 | |
3378 | /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3379 | if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
4588ec20 | 3380 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3381 | update_window (w, 1); |
3382 | w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3383 | ||
3384 | /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3385 | reuse strings. */ | |
9ea173e8 GM |
3386 | tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
3387 | f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; | |
3388 | f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; | |
3389 | f->n_current_tool_bar_items = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items; | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3390 | |
3391 | /* Swap tool-bar items. We swap because we want to | |
3392 | reuse vectors. */ | |
9ea173e8 GM |
3393 | tem = f->current_tool_bar_items; |
3394 | f->current_tool_bar_items = f->desired_tool_bar_items; | |
3395 | f->desired_tool_bar_items = tem; | |
4588ec20 JB |
3396 | } |
3397 | } | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3398 | |
3399 | ||
3400 | /* Update windows. */ | |
3401 | paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3402 | update_end (f); | |
3403 | display_completed = !paused_p; | |
3404 | ||
3405 | /* The flush is a performance bottleneck under X. */ | |
3406 | #if 0 | |
3407 | rif->flush_display (f); | |
3408 | #endif | |
4588ec20 | 3409 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3410 | else |
3411 | { | |
3412 | /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3413 | frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3414 | set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3415 | ||
3416 | /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. For windows | |
3417 | whose must_be_updated_p flag is set, desired matrices are | |
3418 | made part of the desired frame matrix. For other windows, | |
3419 | the current matrix is copied. */ | |
3420 | build_frame_matrix (f); | |
3421 | ||
3422 | /* Do the update on the frame desired matrix. */ | |
3423 | paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); | |
3424 | ||
3425 | /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ | |
3426 | IF_DEBUG (check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window)); | |
3427 | } | |
3428 | ||
3429 | /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3430 | set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
3431 | return paused_p; | |
4588ec20 | 3432 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3433 | |
3434 | ||
4588ec20 | 3435 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3436 | /************************************************************************ |
3437 | Window-based updates | |
3438 | ************************************************************************/ | |
3439 | ||
3440 | /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3441 | don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3442 | ||
3443 | static int | |
3444 | update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3445 | struct window *w; | |
3446 | int force_p; | |
3447 | { | |
3448 | int paused_p = 0; | |
3449 | ||
3450 | while (w && !paused_p) | |
3451 | { | |
3452 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3453 | paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3454 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3455 | paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3456 | else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3457 | paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3458 | ||
3459 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3460 | } | |
3461 | ||
3462 | return paused_p; | |
3463 | } | |
3464 | ||
3465 | ||
3466 | /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3467 | FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3468 | ||
3469 | void | |
3470 | update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3471 | struct window *w; | |
3472 | int force_p; | |
3473 | { | |
3474 | if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3475 | { | |
3476 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3477 | ||
3478 | /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3479 | set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3480 | ||
3481 | /* Update W. */ | |
3482 | update_begin (f); | |
3483 | update_window (w, force_p); | |
3484 | update_end (f); | |
4588ec20 | 3485 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3486 | /* Reset flag in W. */ |
3487 | w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3488 | } | |
3489 | } | |
4588ec20 | 3490 | |
4588ec20 | 3491 | |
408f5064 GM |
3492 | /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
3493 | overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ | |
3494 | ||
3495 | static void | |
3496 | redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) | |
3497 | struct window *w; | |
3498 | int yb; | |
3499 | { | |
3500 | int i, bottom_y; | |
3501 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
3502 | ||
3503 | /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being | |
3504 | overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have | |
3505 | already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in | |
3506 | desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in | |
3507 | current rows is 0. */ | |
3508 | for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
3509 | { | |
3510 | row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; | |
3511 | ||
3512 | if (!row->enabled_p) | |
3513 | break; | |
3514 | else if (row->mode_line_p) | |
3515 | continue; | |
3516 | ||
3517 | if (row->overlapped_p) | |
3518 | { | |
3519 | enum glyph_row_area area; | |
3520 | ||
3521 | for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
3522 | { | |
3523 | updated_row = row; | |
3524 | updated_area = area; | |
3525 | rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); | |
3526 | if (row->used[area]) | |
3527 | rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); | |
3528 | rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
3529 | } | |
3530 | ||
3531 | row->overlapped_p = 0; | |
3532 | } | |
3533 | ||
3534 | bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); | |
3535 | if (bottom_y >= yb) | |
3536 | break; | |
3537 | } | |
3538 | } | |
3539 | ||
3540 | ||
3541 | /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap | |
3542 | others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ | |
3543 | ||
3544 | static void | |
3545 | redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) | |
3546 | struct window *w; | |
3547 | int yb; | |
3548 | { | |
3549 | int i, bottom_y; | |
3550 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
3551 | ||
3552 | for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
3553 | { | |
3554 | row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; | |
3555 | ||
3556 | if (!row->enabled_p) | |
3557 | break; | |
3558 | else if (row->mode_line_p) | |
3559 | continue; | |
3560 | ||
3561 | bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); | |
3562 | ||
3563 | if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) | |
3564 | { | |
3565 | if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) | |
3566 | rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
3567 | ||
3568 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
3569 | rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); | |
3570 | ||
3571 | if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) | |
3572 | rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
3573 | ||
3574 | /* Record in neighbor rows that ROW overwrites part of their | |
3575 | display. */ | |
3576 | if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) | |
3577 | MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; | |
3578 | if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent | |
3579 | > row->height - row->ascent) | |
3580 | && bottom_y < yb) | |
3581 | MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; | |
3582 | } | |
3583 | ||
3584 | if (bottom_y >= yb) | |
3585 | break; | |
3586 | } | |
3587 | } | |
3588 | ||
3589 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3590 | /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
3591 | not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
3592 | ||
3593 | static int | |
3594 | update_window (w, force_p) | |
4588ec20 | 3595 | struct window *w; |
5f5c8ee5 | 3596 | int force_p; |
4588ec20 | 3597 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3598 | struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; |
3599 | int paused_p; | |
3600 | int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
3601 | extern int input_pending; | |
b96fd3e8 GM |
3602 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
3603 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3604 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
b96fd3e8 | 3605 | #endif |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3606 | |
3607 | /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
3608 | xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3609 | xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
3610 | ||
3611 | /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
3612 | if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
3613 | force_p = 1; | |
3614 | else | |
3615 | detect_input_pending (); | |
4588ec20 | 3616 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3617 | /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do |
3618 | the update. */ | |
3619 | if (force_p || !input_pending) | |
4588ec20 | 3620 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3621 | struct glyph_row *row, *end; |
3622 | struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
045dee35 | 3623 | struct glyph_row *header_line_row = NULL; |
408f5064 | 3624 | int yb, changed_p = 0; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3625 | |
3626 | rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3627 | yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
3628 | ||
3629 | /* If window has a top line, update it before everything else. | |
3630 | Adjust y-positions of other rows by the top line height. */ | |
3631 | row = desired_matrix->rows; | |
3632 | end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
3633 | if (row->mode_line_p) | |
045dee35 | 3634 | header_line_row = row++; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3635 | |
3636 | /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
3637 | mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
3638 | if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
3639 | { | |
3640 | mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
3641 | update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
3642 | desired_matrix)); | |
408f5064 | 3643 | changed_p = 1; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3644 | } |
3645 | ||
3646 | /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
3647 | may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
3648 | be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
3649 | while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
3650 | ++row; | |
3651 | ||
3652 | /* Try reusing part of the display by inserting/deleting lines. */ | |
3653 | if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) | |
4588ec20 | 3654 | { |
045dee35 | 3655 | int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
5f5c8ee5 | 3656 | if (rc < 0) |
4588ec20 | 3657 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3658 | /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
3659 | paused_p = 0; | |
3660 | goto set_cursor; | |
4588ec20 | 3661 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3662 | else if (rc > 0) |
3663 | force_p = 1; | |
408f5064 | 3664 | changed_p = 1; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3665 | } |
3666 | ||
3667 | /* Update the top mode line after scrolling because a new top | |
3668 | line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window | |
3669 | that can be scrolled. */ | |
045dee35 | 3670 | if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
5f5c8ee5 | 3671 | { |
045dee35 | 3672 | header_line_row->y = 0; |
5f5c8ee5 | 3673 | update_window_line (w, 0); |
408f5064 | 3674 | changed_p = 1; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3675 | } |
3676 | ||
3677 | /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
3678 | for (; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) | |
3679 | if (row->enabled_p | |
3680 | /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired | |
3681 | matrix was built with a vscroll and then | |
3682 | make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts the matrix. */ | |
3683 | && row->visible_height > 0) | |
3684 | { | |
3685 | int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
3686 | int i; | |
3687 | ||
3688 | /* We'll Have to play a little bit with when to | |
3689 | detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, | |
3690 | scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
3691 | commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
3692 | if (!force_p && vpos % preempt_count == 0) | |
3693 | detect_input_pending (); | |
3694 | ||
408f5064 | 3695 | changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3696 | |
3697 | /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
3698 | matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
3699 | variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
3700 | successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
3701 | lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
3702 | If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
3703 | current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
3704 | tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
3705 | in the first redisplay. */ | |
3706 | if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
3707 | for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
3708 | MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
3709 | } | |
3710 | ||
3711 | /* Was display preempted? */ | |
3712 | paused_p = row < end; | |
3713 | ||
3714 | set_cursor: | |
3715 | ||
408f5064 GM |
3716 | /* Fix the appearance of overlapping(overlapped rows. */ |
3717 | if (rif->fix_overlapping_area | |
3718 | && !w->pseudo_window_p | |
3719 | && changed_p | |
3720 | && !paused_p) | |
3721 | { | |
3722 | redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); | |
3723 | redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); | |
3724 | } | |
3725 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3726 | if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
3727 | { | |
3728 | /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ | |
3729 | set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
3730 | ||
3731 | #if 0 | |
3732 | /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This | |
3733 | is for debugging only. See the comment around | |
3734 | check_matrix_invariants. */ | |
3735 | IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); | |
3736 | #endif | |
4588ec20 | 3737 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3738 | |
3739 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3740 | /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
3741 | strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
3742 | #endif | |
408f5064 | 3743 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3744 | /* End of update of window W. */ |
3745 | rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1); | |
408f5064 | 3746 | |
4588ec20 | 3747 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3748 | else |
3749 | paused_p = 1; | |
3750 | ||
3751 | clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); | |
408f5064 | 3752 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3753 | return paused_p; |
4588ec20 JB |
3754 | } |
3755 | ||
b64b3980 | 3756 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3757 | /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. |
3758 | AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
3759 | ||
3760 | static void | |
3761 | update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
b64b3980 | 3762 | struct window *w; |
5f5c8ee5 | 3763 | int area, vpos; |
b64b3980 | 3764 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3765 | struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); |
3766 | ||
3767 | /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3768 | will be relative to. */ | |
3769 | updated_area = area; | |
3770 | ||
3771 | /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
3772 | of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
3773 | necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
3774 | rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
3775 | if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
3776 | rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
3777 | rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
b64b3980 | 3778 | } |
23b0200c | 3779 | |
352f1545 | 3780 | |
408f5064 GM |
3781 | /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
3782 | Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3783 | |
408f5064 | 3784 | static int |
5f5c8ee5 | 3785 | update_text_area (w, vpos) |
23b0200c | 3786 | struct window *w; |
5f5c8ee5 | 3787 | int vpos; |
23b0200c | 3788 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3789 | struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
3790 | struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
408f5064 | 3791 | int changed_p = 0; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3792 | |
3793 | /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3794 | will be relative to. */ | |
3795 | updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
3796 | ||
3797 | /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
3798 | or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
3799 | if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
3800 | || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
3801 | || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
408f5064 GM |
3802 | || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
3803 | || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3804 | || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
408f5064 | 3805 | || current_row->overlapped_p |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3806 | || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
3807 | { | |
3808 | rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
3809 | ||
3810 | if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
3811 | rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
3812 | desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3813 | ||
3814 | /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
3815 | rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
408f5064 | 3816 | changed_p = 1; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3817 | } |
3818 | else | |
3819 | { | |
3820 | int stop, i, x; | |
3821 | struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3822 | struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3823 | ||
3824 | /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, | |
3825 | make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
3826 | extension actually takes place. */ | |
3827 | int desired_stop_pos = (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
3828 | - (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) | |
3829 | ? 1 : 0)); | |
3830 | ||
3831 | stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
3832 | i = 0; | |
3833 | x = desired_row->x; | |
3834 | ||
3835 | while (i < stop) | |
352f1545 | 3836 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3837 | /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
3838 | don't have to be written. */ | |
3839 | while (i < stop | |
3840 | && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) | |
352f1545 | 3841 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3842 | x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
3843 | ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
352f1545 | 3844 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3845 | |
3846 | /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx ppp | |
3847 | ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row is "xxx | |
3848 | ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' has not. The | |
3849 | loop above will stop in front of the first `p' in the | |
3850 | current row. If we would start writing glyphs there, we | |
3851 | wouldn't erase the lbearing of the `p'. The rest of the | |
3852 | lbearing problem is then taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ | |
3853 | if (current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3854 | && i > 0 | |
3855 | && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
3856 | && current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
352f1545 | 3857 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3858 | int left, right; |
3859 | rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), | |
3860 | &left, &right); | |
3861 | while (left > 0 && i > 0) | |
3862 | { | |
3863 | --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; | |
3864 | x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
3865 | left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
3866 | } | |
352f1545 | 3867 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3868 | |
3869 | /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
3870 | by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
3871 | mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
3872 | fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
3873 | if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
3874 | { | |
3875 | int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
3876 | struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
3877 | int current_x = x; | |
3878 | ||
3879 | /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ | |
3880 | while (i < stop | |
3881 | && !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph) | |
3882 | && x == current_x) | |
3883 | { | |
3884 | x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
3885 | current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
3886 | ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
3887 | } | |
23b0200c | 3888 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3889 | if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) |
3890 | { | |
3891 | i = start_hpos; | |
3892 | x = start_x; | |
3893 | desired_glyph = start; | |
3894 | break; | |
3895 | } | |
3896 | ||
3897 | rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); | |
3898 | rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
408f5064 | 3899 | changed_p = 1; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3900 | } |
3901 | } | |
3902 | ||
3903 | /* Write the rest. */ | |
3904 | if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
3905 | { | |
3906 | rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
3907 | rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
408f5064 | 3908 | changed_p = 1; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3909 | } |
3910 | ||
3911 | /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
3912 | if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
3913 | { | |
3914 | /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
3915 | has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
3916 | above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
3917 | appropriately above. */ | |
3918 | xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3919 | } | |
3920 | else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
3921 | { | |
3922 | /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
3923 | if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
3924 | rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
3925 | desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
3926 | rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
408f5064 | 3927 | changed_p = 1; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3928 | } |
3929 | else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
2e8907d3 | 3930 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3931 | /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything |
3932 | after that position should be clear already. */ | |
3933 | int x; | |
3934 | ||
3935 | if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
3936 | rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
3937 | desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
3938 | ||
3939 | /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
3940 | it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
3941 | with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
3942 | doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
3943 | this way. */ | |
3944 | if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
3945 | && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
3946 | { | |
3947 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
3948 | x = -1; | |
3949 | } | |
3950 | else | |
3951 | x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
3952 | rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
408f5064 | 3953 | changed_p = 1; |
2e8907d3 | 3954 | } |
23b0200c | 3955 | } |
408f5064 GM |
3956 | |
3957 | return changed_p; | |
23b0200c | 3958 | } |
4588ec20 | 3959 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3960 | |
408f5064 GM |
3961 | /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
3962 | changed. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 | 3963 | |
408f5064 | 3964 | static int |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3965 | update_window_line (w, vpos) |
3966 | struct window *w; | |
3967 | int vpos; | |
3968 | { | |
3969 | struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
3970 | struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
408f5064 | 3971 | int changed_p = 0; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3972 | |
3973 | xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); | |
3974 | ||
3975 | /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
3976 | know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
3977 | updated_row = desired_row; | |
3978 | ||
3979 | /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ | |
3980 | if (!desired_row->full_width_p | |
3981 | && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
408f5064 GM |
3982 | { |
3983 | update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); | |
3984 | changed_p = 1; | |
3985 | } | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3986 | |
3987 | /* Update the display of the text area. */ | |
408f5064 | 3988 | changed_p |= update_text_area (w, vpos); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3989 | |
3990 | /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ | |
3991 | if (!desired_row->full_width_p | |
3992 | && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) | |
408f5064 GM |
3993 | { |
3994 | changed_p = 1; | |
3995 | update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); | |
3996 | } | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
3997 | |
3998 | /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ | |
3999 | if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4000 | || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4001 | || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height | |
4002 | || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p | |
4003 | || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p | |
4004 | || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p | |
4005 | || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p | |
4006 | || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p | |
4007 | || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p | |
4008 | != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) | |
4009 | || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) | |
4010 | != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) | |
4011 | rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); | |
4012 | ||
4013 | /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
4014 | make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4015 | updated_row = NULL; | |
408f5064 | 4016 | return changed_p; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4017 | } |
4018 | ||
4019 | ||
4020 | /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4021 | be called from update_window. */ | |
4022 | ||
4023 | static void | |
4024 | set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4588ec20 JB |
4025 | struct window *w; |
4026 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4027 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
4028 | int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4029 | ||
4030 | /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4031 | xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4032 | ||
b96fd3e8 GM |
4033 | if (cursor_in_echo_area |
4034 | && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) | |
4035 | /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, | |
4036 | show the cursor for the message instead. */ | |
4037 | && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w | |
4038 | && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4039 | /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4040 | the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4041 | && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4042 | && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4043 | { | |
4044 | cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4045 | ||
4046 | if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4047 | { | |
4048 | /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4049 | line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4050 | are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4051 | determine Y. */ | |
862b4790 GM |
4052 | struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
4053 | struct glyph *glyph; | |
4054 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4055 | |
862b4790 | 4056 | last_row = NULL; |
b96fd3e8 GM |
4057 | for (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
4058 | row->enabled_p; | |
4059 | ++row) | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4060 | { |
862b4790 GM |
4061 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
4062 | && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) | |
4063 | last_row = row; | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4064 | |
862b4790 GM |
4065 | if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
4066 | break; | |
4067 | } | |
4068 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4069 | if (last_row) |
4070 | { | |
862b4790 | 4071 | struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
b96fd3e8 | 4072 | struct glyph *last = start + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
862b4790 | 4073 | |
b96fd3e8 | 4074 | while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
862b4790 GM |
4075 | --last; |
4076 | ||
4077 | for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) | |
4078 | { | |
4079 | cx += glyph->pixel_width; | |
4080 | ++hpos; | |
4081 | } | |
4082 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 4083 | cy = last_row->y; |
862b4790 | 4084 | vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4085 | } |
4086 | } | |
4087 | } | |
4088 | else | |
4089 | { | |
4090 | cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4091 | cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4092 | hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4093 | vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4094 | } | |
4588ec20 | 4095 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4096 | /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ |
4097 | hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4098 | hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4099 | vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4100 | vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4101 | rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4588ec20 | 4102 | } |
4588ec20 | 4103 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4104 | |
4105 | /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. | |
045dee35 | 4106 | HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a top mode line. |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4107 | |
4108 | The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4109 | Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4110 | O(N) time. | |
4111 | ||
4112 | A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4113 | ||
4114 | 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4115 | ||
4116 | 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4117 | table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4118 | ||
4119 | 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4120 | i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4121 | ||
4122 | 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4123 | forward and backward. | |
4124 | ||
4125 | Value is | |
4126 | ||
4127 | -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4128 | 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4129 | 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4130 | ||
4131 | static int | |
045dee35 | 4132 | scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
5f5c8ee5 | 4133 | struct window *w; |
045dee35 | 4134 | int header_line_p; |
4588ec20 | 4135 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4136 | struct symbol |
4137 | { | |
4138 | /* Number of occurrences of this line in old and new matrix. */ | |
4139 | short old_uses, new_uses; | |
fa61c701 | 4140 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4141 | /* Vpos of line in new matrix. */ |
4142 | short new_line_number; | |
4588ec20 | 4143 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4144 | /* The line itself. */ |
4145 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
4146 | ||
4147 | /* Hash collision chain. */ | |
4148 | struct symbol *next; | |
4149 | }; | |
4150 | ||
4151 | int SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE = 101; | |
4152 | struct symbol **table; | |
4153 | struct symbol **old_line_syms, **new_line_syms; | |
4154 | int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; | |
4155 | struct symbol *sym; | |
4156 | struct run **runs; | |
4157 | int nruns; | |
4158 | struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4159 | struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4160 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4161 | ||
4162 | /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
045dee35 | 4163 | i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4164 | while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1 |
4165 | && MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i) | |
4166 | && MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i) | |
4167 | && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) < yb | |
4168 | && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)) < yb | |
4169 | && row_equal_p (w, | |
4170 | MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i), | |
4171 | MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i))) | |
4172 | { | |
4173 | assign_row (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i), | |
4174 | MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); | |
4175 | MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4176 | ++i; | |
4177 | } | |
4588ec20 | 4178 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4179 | /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ |
4180 | if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4181 | return -1; | |
4182 | ||
4183 | first_old = first_new = i; | |
4184 | ||
4185 | /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4186 | desired matrix. */ | |
4187 | i = first_new + 1; | |
4188 | while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4189 | && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
4190 | && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) < yb) | |
4191 | ++i; | |
4192 | ||
4193 | if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4194 | return 0; | |
4195 | ||
4196 | last_new = i; | |
4197 | ||
4198 | /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4199 | current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4200 | we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4201 | disabled. */ | |
4202 | i = first_old + 1; | |
4203 | while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4204 | && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)) < yb) | |
4205 | ++i; | |
4206 | last_old = i; | |
4207 | ||
4208 | /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4209 | i = last_new; | |
4210 | j = last_old; | |
4211 | while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4212 | && j - 1 > first_old | |
4213 | && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4214 | && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4215 | == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4216 | && row_equal_p (w, | |
4217 | MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
4218 | MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1))) | |
4219 | --i, --j; | |
4220 | last_new = i; | |
4221 | last_old = j; | |
4222 | ||
4223 | /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4224 | if (last_new == first_new) | |
4225 | return 0; | |
4226 | ||
4227 | /* Allocate a hash table in which all rows will be inserted. */ | |
4228 | table = (struct symbol **) alloca (SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE * sizeof *table); | |
4229 | bzero (table, SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE * sizeof *table); | |
4230 | ||
4231 | /* For each row in the current matrix, record the symbol belonging | |
4232 | to the row in OLD_LINE_SYMS. */ | |
4233 | old_line_syms = (struct symbol **) alloca (current_matrix->nrows | |
4234 | * sizeof *old_line_syms); | |
4235 | new_line_syms = (struct symbol **) alloca (desired_matrix->nrows | |
4236 | * sizeof *new_line_syms); | |
4237 | ||
4238 | #define ADDSYM(ROW) \ | |
4239 | do \ | |
4240 | { \ | |
4241 | struct glyph_row *row_ = (ROW); \ | |
4242 | int i_ = row_->hash % SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE; \ | |
4243 | sym = table[i_]; \ | |
4244 | while (sym && !row_equal_p (w, sym->row, row_)) \ | |
4245 | sym = sym->next; \ | |
4246 | if (sym == NULL) \ | |
4247 | { \ | |
4248 | sym = (struct symbol *) alloca (sizeof *sym); \ | |
4249 | sym->row = row_; \ | |
4250 | sym->old_uses = sym->new_uses = 0; \ | |
4251 | sym->next = table[i_]; \ | |
4252 | table[i_] = sym; \ | |
4253 | } \ | |
4254 | } \ | |
4255 | while (0) | |
4256 | ||
4257 | /* Add current rows to the symbol table. */ | |
4258 | for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) | |
4259 | { | |
4260 | if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4261 | { | |
4262 | ADDSYM (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); | |
4263 | old_line_syms[i] = sym; | |
4264 | ++sym->old_uses; | |
4265 | } | |
4266 | else | |
4267 | old_line_syms[i] = NULL; | |
4268 | } | |
4269 | ||
4270 | /* Add desired rows to the symbol table. */ | |
4271 | for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4272 | { | |
4273 | xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
4274 | ADDSYM (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); | |
4275 | ++sym->new_uses; | |
4276 | new_line_syms[i] = sym; | |
4277 | sym->new_line_number = i; | |
4278 | } | |
4588ec20 | 4279 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4280 | #undef ADDSYM |
4588ec20 | 4281 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4282 | /* Record in runs which moves were found, ordered by pixel |
4283 | height of copied areas. */ | |
4284 | nruns = 0; | |
4285 | runs = (struct run **) alloca (desired_matrix->nrows * sizeof *runs); | |
d169fe39 | 4286 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4287 | /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal |
4288 | in both matrices. */ | |
4289 | for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
4290 | if (old_line_syms[i] | |
4291 | && old_line_syms[i]->old_uses == 1 | |
4292 | && old_line_syms[i]->new_uses == 1) | |
4293 | { | |
4294 | int j, k; | |
4295 | int new_line = old_line_syms[i]->new_line_number; | |
4296 | struct run *run = (struct run *) alloca (sizeof *run); | |
4297 | ||
4298 | /* Record move. */ | |
4299 | run->current_vpos = i; | |
4300 | run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4301 | run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4302 | run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4303 | run->nrows = 1; | |
4304 | run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4305 | ||
4306 | /* Extend backward. */ | |
4307 | j = i - 1; | |
4308 | k = new_line - 1; | |
4309 | while (j > first_old | |
4310 | && k > first_new | |
4311 | && old_line_syms[j] == new_line_syms[k]) | |
4312 | { | |
4313 | int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4314 | --run->current_vpos; | |
4315 | --run->desired_vpos; | |
4316 | ++run->nrows; | |
4317 | run->height += h; | |
4318 | run->desired_y -= h; | |
4319 | run->current_y -= h; | |
4320 | --j, --k; | |
4321 | } | |
4588ec20 | 4322 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4323 | /* Extend forward. */ |
4324 | j = i + 1; | |
4325 | k = new_line + 1; | |
4326 | while (j < last_old | |
4327 | && k < last_new | |
4328 | && old_line_syms[j] == new_line_syms[k]) | |
4329 | { | |
4330 | int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4331 | ++run->nrows; | |
4332 | run->height += h; | |
4333 | ++j, ++k; | |
4334 | } | |
19dff8dc | 4335 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4336 | /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied |
4337 | pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4338 | be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4339 | because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4340 | case. */ | |
4341 | for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4342 | ; | |
4343 | for (k = nruns; k >= j; --k) | |
4344 | runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; | |
4345 | runs[j] = run; | |
4346 | ++nruns; | |
4347 | ||
4348 | i += run->nrows; | |
4349 | } | |
4350 | else | |
4351 | ++i; | |
4588ec20 | 4352 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4353 | /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something |
4354 | we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4355 | because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4356 | exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4588ec20 | 4357 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4358 | +-----------+ +-----------+ |
4359 | | A | | B | | |
4360 | +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4361 | | B | | A | | |
4362 | +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4588ec20 | 4363 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4364 | Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would |
4365 | copy from where we copied to. */ | |
ea0d86af | 4366 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4367 | for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) |
4368 | if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4369 | { | |
4370 | struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
24e86043 | 4371 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4372 | /* Copy on the display. */ |
4373 | if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4374 | { | |
4375 | rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4376 | ||
4377 | /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4378 | for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4379 | { | |
4380 | struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
4381 | ||
4382 | if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
4383 | && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4384 | || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4385 | && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4386 | < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4387 | p->nrows = 0; | |
4388 | } | |
4389 | } | |
ea0d86af | 4390 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4391 | /* Assign matrix rows. */ |
4392 | for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4393 | { | |
4394 | struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
408f5064 GM |
4395 | int to_overlapped_p; |
4396 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 4397 | to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
408f5064 | 4398 | to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4399 | from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
4400 | assign_row (to, from); | |
4401 | to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
408f5064 | 4402 | to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4403 | } |
4404 | } | |
15874c59 | 4405 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4406 | /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
4407 | return 1; | |
4408 | } | |
de83c314 | 4409 | |
15874c59 | 4410 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4411 | /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p TO ON_P for all windows WINDOW in the |
4412 | window tree rooted at W. */ | |
d169fe39 | 4413 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4414 | void |
4415 | set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) | |
4416 | struct window *w; | |
4417 | int on_p; | |
4418 | { | |
4419 | while (w) | |
4420 | { | |
4421 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
4422 | set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); | |
4423 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
4424 | set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); | |
4425 | else | |
4426 | w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; | |
d169fe39 | 4427 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4428 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
4429 | } | |
4430 | } | |
d169fe39 | 4431 | |
d169fe39 | 4432 | |
4588ec20 | 4433 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4434 | /************************************************************************ |
4435 | Frame-Based Updates | |
4436 | ************************************************************************/ | |
4588ec20 | 4437 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4438 | /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. |
4588ec20 | 4439 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4440 | FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by |
4441 | pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
4442 | should not be tried. | |
4443 | ||
4444 | Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4445 | ||
4446 | static int | |
4447 | update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
4448 | struct frame *f; | |
4449 | int force_p; | |
4450 | int inhibit_id_p; | |
4588ec20 | 4451 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4452 | /* Frame matrices to work on. */ |
4453 | struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
4454 | struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
4455 | int i; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4456 | int pause; |
4457 | int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
dfcf069d | 4458 | extern int input_pending; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4459 | |
4460 | xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
4588ec20 | 4461 | |
c37e4889 RS |
4462 | if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
4463 | calculate_costs (f); | |
4464 | ||
d88c2b9e RS |
4465 | if (preempt_count <= 0) |
4466 | preempt_count = 1; | |
4467 | ||
4588ec20 | 4468 | detect_input_pending (); |
5f5c8ee5 | 4469 | if (input_pending && !force_p) |
4588ec20 JB |
4470 | { |
4471 | pause = 1; | |
4472 | goto do_pause; | |
4473 | } | |
4474 | ||
502b9b64 | 4475 | update_begin (f); |
4588ec20 | 4476 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4477 | /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
4588ec20 | 4478 | if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
5f5c8ee5 | 4479 | inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7098a0fa | 4480 | |
efb859b4 | 4481 | /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4482 | i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
4483 | for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
4484 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
4588ec20 JB |
4485 | break; |
4486 | ||
4487 | /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4488 | if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
4489 | force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
4588ec20 JB |
4490 | |
4491 | /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4492 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
4493 | update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
4588ec20 | 4494 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4495 | /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ |
4496 | for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
4588ec20 | 4497 | { |
5f5c8ee5 | 4498 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
4588ec20 | 4499 | { |
b6a65ac2 | 4500 | if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
4588ec20 JB |
4501 | { |
4502 | /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
4503 | Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
4504 | otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
4505 | really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
4506 | int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
4507 | if (outq > 900 | |
4508 | || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
4509 | { | |
4510 | fflush (stdout); | |
4511 | if (preempt_count == 1) | |
4512 | { | |
a41f8bed JB |
4513 | #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
4514 | if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
4588ec20 | 4515 | /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
5f5c8ee5 | 4516 | * the outq count. */ |
4588ec20 JB |
4517 | outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
4518 | #endif | |
4519 | outq *= 10; | |
d520f0d2 | 4520 | if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
d88c2b9e | 4521 | sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
4588ec20 JB |
4522 | } |
4523 | } | |
4588ec20 JB |
4524 | } |
4525 | ||
a2960116 RS |
4526 | if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
4527 | detect_input_pending (); | |
4528 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 4529 | update_frame_line (f, i); |
4588ec20 | 4530 | } |
4588ec20 | 4531 | } |
5f5c8ee5 | 4532 | |
502b9b64 | 4533 | pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
4588ec20 JB |
4534 | |
4535 | /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
4536 | if (!pause) | |
4537 | { | |
48cf7030 | 4538 | if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
5f5c8ee5 | 4539 | /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
2577053b | 4540 | show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
5f5c8ee5 | 4541 | (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
2577053b RS |
4542 | || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
4543 | && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) | |
b96fd3e8 | 4544 | && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
2577053b | 4545 | /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
5f5c8ee5 | 4546 | the active mini-buffer window. */ |
2577053b | 4547 | && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
140f8645 | 4548 | && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
1113d9db | 4549 | { |
648fa17d JB |
4550 | int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
4551 | int row, col; | |
4552 | ||
4553 | if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) | |
4554 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4555 | /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4556 | cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
648fa17d JB |
4557 | row = top; |
4558 | col = 0; | |
4559 | } | |
1113d9db | 4560 | else |
648fa17d | 4561 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4562 | /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4563 | cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
4564 | is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
4565 | any text on it. */ | |
648fa17d JB |
4566 | row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
4567 | do | |
4568 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4569 | --row; |
4570 | col = 0; | |
4571 | ||
4572 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
4573 | { | |
4574 | /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
4575 | must be ignored here. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4576 | struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, |
4577 | row); | |
4578 | struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4579 | struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4580 | ||
4581 | while (last > start | |
4582 | && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
4583 | --last; | |
4584 | ||
4585 | col = last - start; | |
4586 | } | |
648fa17d JB |
4587 | } |
4588 | while (row > top && col == 0); | |
4589 | ||
6395da5c | 4590 | /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
868e640e | 4591 | if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
648fa17d | 4592 | { |
6395da5c | 4593 | /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
648fa17d | 4594 | if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
6395da5c RS |
4595 | { |
4596 | col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); | |
4597 | row++; | |
4598 | } | |
4599 | /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ | |
4600 | else | |
868e640e | 4601 | col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
648fa17d JB |
4602 | } |
4603 | } | |
4604 | ||
4605 | cursor_to (row, col); | |
1113d9db | 4606 | } |
4588ec20 | 4607 | else |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4608 | { |
4609 | /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
4610 | display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
4611 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
4612 | if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0) | |
4613 | { | |
4614 | int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
4615 | int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
4616 | ||
4617 | if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
4618 | x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
4619 | ||
4620 | /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
4621 | cursor_to (y, x); | |
4622 | } | |
4623 | } | |
4588ec20 JB |
4624 | } |
4625 | ||
502b9b64 | 4626 | update_end (f); |
4588ec20 JB |
4627 | |
4628 | if (termscript) | |
4629 | fflush (termscript); | |
4630 | fflush (stdout); | |
4631 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
4632 | do_pause: |
4633 | ||
4588ec20 | 4634 | display_completed = !pause; |
5f5c8ee5 | 4635 | clear_desired_matrices (f); |
4588ec20 JB |
4636 | return pause; |
4637 | } | |
4638 | ||
4588ec20 | 4639 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4640 | /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ |
4588ec20 | 4641 | |
dfcf069d | 4642 | int |
502b9b64 | 4643 | scrolling (frame) |
5f5c8ee5 | 4644 | struct frame *frame; |
4588ec20 JB |
4645 | { |
4646 | int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
4647 | int window_size; | |
4648 | int changed_lines; | |
502b9b64 JB |
4649 | int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
4650 | int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
4651 | int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
190bb91a | 4652 | int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
4588ec20 | 4653 | register int i; |
502b9b64 | 4654 | int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4655 | struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
4656 | struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
4588ec20 | 4657 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4658 | if (!current_matrix) |
4659 | abort (); | |
4588ec20 | 4660 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4661 | /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of |
4662 | changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
4663 | number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
4664 | changed_lines = 0; |
4665 | unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
502b9b64 JB |
4666 | unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
4667 | for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
4588ec20 JB |
4668 | { |
4669 | /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4670 | if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
4588ec20 | 4671 | return 0; |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4672 | old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
4673 | if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
f188b3c4 RS |
4674 | { |
4675 | /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ | |
4676 | new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; | |
4677 | #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ | |
4678 | draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; | |
4679 | } | |
4588ec20 | 4680 | else |
f188b3c4 | 4681 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4682 | new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
4683 | draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
f188b3c4 | 4684 | } |
4588ec20 JB |
4685 | |
4686 | if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
4687 | { | |
4688 | changed_lines++; | |
502b9b64 | 4689 | unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
4588ec20 JB |
4690 | } |
4691 | else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
4692 | unchanged_at_top++; | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4693 | old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
4588ec20 JB |
4694 | } |
4695 | ||
4696 | /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4697 | if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
502b9b64 | 4698 | || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
4588ec20 JB |
4699 | return 1; |
4700 | ||
502b9b64 | 4701 | window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
4588ec20 JB |
4702 | - unchanged_at_bottom); |
4703 | ||
4704 | if (scroll_region_ok) | |
4705 | free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
502b9b64 | 4706 | else if (memory_below_frame) |
4588ec20 JB |
4707 | free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
4708 | ||
4709 | /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4710 | current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
190bb91a | 4711 | if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
4588ec20 JB |
4712 | && (window_size >= |
4713 | 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
502b9b64 | 4714 | FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
4588ec20 JB |
4715 | old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
4716 | return 0; | |
4717 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4718 | if (window_size < 2) |
4719 | return 0; | |
4720 | ||
502b9b64 | 4721 | scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
4588ec20 | 4722 | draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
190bb91a | 4723 | old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
4588ec20 JB |
4724 | old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
4725 | new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
4726 | free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
4727 | ||
4728 | return 0; | |
4729 | } | |
4588ec20 | 4730 | |
4588ec20 | 4731 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4732 | /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R |
4733 | which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
4588ec20 | 4734 | |
4588ec20 | 4735 | static int |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4736 | count_blanks (r, len) |
4737 | struct glyph *r; | |
4738 | int len; | |
4588ec20 | 4739 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4740 | int i; |
4741 | ||
4742 | for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
4743 | if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
4744 | break; | |
4745 | ||
4746 | return i; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4747 | } |
4748 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4749 | |
4750 | /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
4751 | vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
4752 | of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
4753 | ||
4588ec20 | 4754 | static int |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4755 | count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
4756 | struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
4588ec20 | 4757 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4758 | struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
4759 | struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
4760 | ||
4761 | while (p1 < end1 | |
4762 | && p2 < end2 | |
4763 | && GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*p1) == GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*p2)) | |
4764 | ++p1, ++p2; | |
4765 | ||
4766 | return p1 - str1; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4767 | } |
4768 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 4769 | |
4588ec20 | 4770 | /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
4588ec20 | 4771 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4772 | extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
29ec5d84 | 4773 | #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
4588ec20 | 4774 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4775 | |
4776 | /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
4777 | ||
4588ec20 | 4778 | static void |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4779 | update_frame_line (frame, vpos) |
4780 | register struct frame *frame; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4781 | int vpos; |
4782 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4783 | struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
4588ec20 JB |
4784 | int tem; |
4785 | int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4786 | struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
4787 | struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
4788 | struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); | |
4789 | struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4790 | int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
4791 | ||
4792 | if (desired_row->inverse_p | |
4793 | != (current_row->enabled_p && current_row->inverse_p)) | |
4588ec20 | 4794 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4795 | int n = current_row->enabled_p ? current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] : 0; |
4796 | change_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos, vpos, n); | |
4797 | current_row->enabled_p = 0; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4798 | } |
4799 | else | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4800 | reassert_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos); |
4588ec20 | 4801 | |
26c63686 GM |
4802 | /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
4803 | write the whole desired line in that case. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4804 | must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
4805 | if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
4588ec20 | 4806 | { |
5f5c8ee5 | 4807 | obody = 0; |
4588ec20 JB |
4808 | olen = 0; |
4809 | } | |
4810 | else | |
4811 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4812 | obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
4813 | olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4814 | ||
4815 | if (! current_row->inverse_p) | |
4588ec20 | 4816 | { |
26c63686 | 4817 | /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
4588ec20 | 4818 | if (!must_write_spaces) |
5f5c8ee5 | 4819 | while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
4588ec20 JB |
4820 | olen--; |
4821 | } | |
4822 | else | |
4823 | { | |
26c63686 GM |
4824 | /* For an inverse-video line, make sure it's filled with |
4825 | spaces all the way to the frame edge so that the reverse | |
4826 | video extends all the way across. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4827 | while (olen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) |
4828 | obody[olen++] = space_glyph; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4829 | } |
4830 | } | |
4831 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4832 | current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
4833 | current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4834 | current_row->inverse_p = desired_row->inverse_p; | |
4588ec20 | 4835 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4836 | /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ |
4837 | if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
4588ec20 JB |
4838 | { |
4839 | nlen = 0; | |
4840 | goto just_erase; | |
4841 | } | |
4842 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4843 | nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
4844 | nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4845 | nend = nbody + nlen; | |
4846 | ||
4847 | /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
4848 | if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
4849 | { | |
26c63686 | 4850 | /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
74ca462f GM |
4851 | if (!must_write_spaces) |
4852 | while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) | |
4853 | --nlen; | |
4854 | ||
26c63686 | 4855 | /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
74ca462f | 4856 | if (nlen) |
26c63686 GM |
4857 | { |
4858 | cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
4859 | write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); | |
4860 | } | |
74ca462f | 4861 | |
26c63686 GM |
4862 | /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
4863 | line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that | |
4864 | case but in the line below. */ | |
4865 | if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) | |
4866 | { | |
4867 | cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
4868 | clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)); | |
4869 | } | |
4870 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4871 | make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
4872 | return; | |
4873 | } | |
4588ec20 JB |
4874 | |
4875 | /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
4876 | unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4877 | if (!desired_row->inverse_p) |
4588ec20 JB |
4878 | { |
4879 | if (!must_write_spaces) | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4880 | while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
4588ec20 JB |
4881 | nlen--; |
4882 | } | |
4883 | else | |
4884 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4885 | /* For an inverse-video line, give it extra trailing spaces all |
4886 | the way to the frame edge so that the reverse video extends | |
4887 | all the way across. */ | |
4888 | while (nlen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) | |
4889 | nbody[nlen++] = space_glyph; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4890 | } |
4891 | ||
4892 | /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
4893 | if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
4894 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4895 | int i, j; |
4588ec20 | 4896 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4897 | /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with |
4898 | a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
4899 | for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
4900 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4901 | if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
4588ec20 | 4902 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4903 | /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
4904 | j = i + 1; | |
4905 | while (j < nlen | |
4906 | && (j >= olen | |
4907 | || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
4908 | || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
4909 | ++j; | |
4910 | ||
4588ec20 | 4911 | /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4912 | cursor_to (vpos, i); |
4913 | write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); | |
4914 | i = j - 1; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4915 | |
4916 | /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
4917 | } | |
4918 | } | |
4919 | ||
4920 | /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
4921 | if (olen > nlen) | |
4922 | { | |
4923 | cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
4924 | clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
4925 | } | |
4926 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4927 | /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
4928 | make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
4588ec20 JB |
4929 | return; |
4930 | } | |
4931 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4932 | /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
4933 | characters in a row. */ | |
4934 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
4935 | if (!olen) |
4936 | { | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4937 | /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
4938 | possible, and write the rest. */ | |
4939 | if (must_write_spaces || desired_row->inverse_p) | |
4940 | nsp = 0; | |
4941 | else | |
4942 | nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
4943 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
4944 | if (nlen > nsp) |
4945 | { | |
4946 | cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
4947 | write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
4948 | } | |
4949 | ||
502b9b64 | 4950 | /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
5f5c8ee5 | 4951 | make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
4588ec20 JB |
4952 | return; |
4953 | } | |
4954 | ||
4588ec20 | 4955 | /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4956 | osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
4957 | nsp = desired_row->inverse_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
4588ec20 | 4958 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4959 | /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ |
4960 | begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
4961 | nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
4588ec20 JB |
4962 | |
4963 | /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
4964 | /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
4965 | if (!must_write_spaces && osp + begmatch == olen) | |
4966 | { | |
4967 | np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4968 | while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
4969 | ++begmatch; | |
4588ec20 JB |
4970 | } |
4971 | ||
4972 | /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
4973 | just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
5f5c8ee5 | 4974 | when the following text does not match. */ |
4588ec20 JB |
4975 | if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
4976 | osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
4977 | ||
4978 | /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
4979 | op1 = obody + olen; | |
4980 | np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
4981 | op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
4982 | while (op1 > op2 |
4983 | && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
4588ec20 JB |
4984 | { |
4985 | op1--; | |
4986 | np1--; | |
4987 | } | |
4988 | endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
4989 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
4990 | /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. |
4991 | endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
4992 | Is it worth it? */ | |
4993 | ||
4994 | tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
4995 | if (endmatch && tem | |
502b9b64 | 4996 | && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[tem])) |
4588ec20 JB |
4997 | endmatch = 0; |
4998 | ||
4999 | /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5000 | If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5001 | begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5002 | Is it worth it? */ | |
5003 | ||
5004 | if (nsp != osp | |
5005 | && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
502b9b64 | 5006 | || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[nsp - osp])) |
4588ec20 JB |
5007 | { |
5008 | begmatch = 0; | |
5009 | endmatch = 0; | |
5010 | osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5011 | } | |
5012 | ||
5013 | /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5014 | deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5015 | ||
5016 | if (osp > nsp) | |
5017 | { | |
5018 | cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5019 | delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5020 | } | |
5021 | else if (nsp > osp) | |
5022 | { | |
5023 | /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5024 | and insert earlier in the line, | |
5025 | must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5026 | if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5027 | { | |
5028 | cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5029 | delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5030 | olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5031 | } | |
5032 | cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5033 | insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
4588ec20 JB |
5034 | } |
5035 | olen += nsp - osp; | |
5036 | ||
5037 | tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5038 | if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5039 | { | |
5040 | cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); | |
5041 | if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5042 | { | |
5043 | /* If new text being written reaches right margin, | |
5044 | there is no need to do clear-to-eol at the end. | |
5045 | (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not | |
5046 | going to be "at the margin" after the text is done) */ | |
29ec5d84 | 5047 | if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
4588ec20 JB |
5048 | olen = 0; |
5049 | write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
4588ec20 JB |
5050 | } |
5051 | else if (nlen > olen) | |
5052 | { | |
24e86043 KH |
5053 | /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
5054 | ---------------------------------------- | |
5055 | write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); | |
5056 | insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); | |
5057 | ---------------------------------------- | |
5058 | but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] | |
5059 | is a padding glyph. */ | |
5060 | int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ | |
5061 | int del; | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5062 | |
5063 | /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ | |
5064 | while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) out--; | |
5065 | write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); | |
5066 | /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ | |
5067 | del = olen - tem - out; | |
5068 | if (del > 0) delete_glyphs (del); | |
5069 | /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ | |
5070 | insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); | |
5071 | olen = nlen; | |
5072 | } | |
5073 | else if (olen > nlen) | |
5074 | { | |
5075 | write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
5076 | delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5077 | olen = nlen; | |
5078 | } | |
bd9e3e75 | 5079 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5080 | |
5081 | just_erase: | |
5082 | /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5083 | if (olen > nlen) | |
078b3696 | 5084 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5085 | cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
5086 | clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
078b3696 | 5087 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5088 | |
5089 | /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ | |
5090 | make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
078b3696 | 5091 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5092 | |
5093 | ||
078b3696 | 5094 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5095 | /*********************************************************************** |
5096 | X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5097 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
5098 | ||
5099 | /* Return the character position of the character at window relative | |
5100 | pixel position (*X, *Y). *X and *Y are adjusted to character | |
5101 | boundaries. */ | |
5102 | ||
5103 | int | |
5104 | buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y) | |
5105 | struct window *w; | |
5106 | int *x, *y; | |
4588ec20 | 5107 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5108 | struct it it; |
5109 | struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5110 | struct text_pos startp; | |
5111 | int left_area_width; | |
5112 | ||
5113 | current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5114 | SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5115 | CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5116 | BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5117 | start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
5118 | ||
5119 | left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
5120 | move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
5121 | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
5122 | ||
5123 | *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
5124 | *y = it.current_y; | |
5125 | current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
5126 | return IT_CHARPOS (it); | |
5127 | } | |
4588ec20 | 5128 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5129 | |
5130 | /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
5131 | mode or top line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero | |
5132 | means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in | |
5133 | the string returned. */ | |
5134 | ||
5135 | Lisp_Object | |
5136 | mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
5137 | struct window *w; | |
5138 | int x, y; | |
5139 | int *charpos; | |
5140 | { | |
5141 | struct glyph_row *row; | |
5142 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
5143 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
5144 | int x0; | |
5145 | Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
5146 | ||
5147 | /* Only do this for frames under a window system. */ | |
5148 | if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
5149 | return Qnil; | |
5150 | ||
5151 | if (mode_line_p) | |
5152 | row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
5153 | else | |
045dee35 | 5154 | row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5155 | |
5156 | if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
4588ec20 | 5157 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5158 | /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and bitmap |
5159 | areas, and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
5160 | and bitmap area width. */ | |
5161 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) | |
5162 | x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
0f799fd9 | 5163 | x += FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5164 | |
5165 | /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
5166 | it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5167 | glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5168 | end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5169 | for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
5170 | if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
5171 | { | |
5172 | string = glyph->object; | |
5173 | *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
5174 | break; | |
5175 | } | |
4588ec20 | 5176 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5177 | |
5178 | return string; | |
4588ec20 | 5179 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5180 | |
5181 | ||
5182 | /*********************************************************************** | |
5183 | Changing Frame Sizes | |
5184 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
4588ec20 JB |
5185 | |
5186 | #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5187 | |
efb859b4 | 5188 | SIGTYPE |
61cbef47 | 5189 | window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
5f5c8ee5 | 5190 | int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
4588ec20 JB |
5191 | { |
5192 | int width, height; | |
5193 | extern int errno; | |
5194 | int old_errno = errno; | |
5195 | ||
502b9b64 | 5196 | get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
4588ec20 | 5197 | |
502b9b64 JB |
5198 | /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5199 | frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
4588ec20 | 5200 | one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
502b9b64 | 5201 | FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
4588ec20 JB |
5202 | but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5203 | later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5204 | ||
5205 | { | |
35f56f96 | 5206 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
4588ec20 | 5207 | |
35f56f96 | 5208 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
4588ec20 | 5209 | { |
35f56f96 | 5210 | if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
4588ec20 | 5211 | { |
b96fd3e8 | 5212 | change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
4588ec20 JB |
5213 | break; |
5214 | } | |
5215 | } | |
5216 | } | |
5217 | ||
5218 | signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5219 | errno = old_errno; | |
5220 | } | |
5221 | #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5222 | ||
5223 | ||
b96fd3e8 GM |
5224 | /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
5225 | non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is | |
5226 | safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ | |
4588ec20 | 5227 | |
dfcf069d | 5228 | void |
b96fd3e8 GM |
5229 | do_pending_window_change (safe) |
5230 | int safe; | |
4588ec20 JB |
5231 | { |
5232 | /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
b96fd3e8 GM |
5233 | if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
5234 | return; | |
5235 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
5236 | while (delayed_size_change) |
5237 | { | |
35f56f96 | 5238 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
4588ec20 JB |
5239 | |
5240 | delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5241 | ||
35f56f96 | 5242 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
4588ec20 | 5243 | { |
5f5c8ee5 | 5244 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
35f56f96 | 5245 | |
502b9b64 JB |
5246 | int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
5247 | int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
4588ec20 | 5248 | |
08f7aa3e | 5249 | if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
b96fd3e8 | 5250 | change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
4588ec20 JB |
5251 | } |
5252 | } | |
5253 | } | |
5254 | ||
5255 | ||
502b9b64 | 5256 | /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
b6a65ac2 | 5257 | indicate no change is to take place. |
4588ec20 | 5258 | |
b6a65ac2 JB |
5259 | If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
5260 | handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next | |
5261 | redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it | |
b96fd3e8 GM |
5262 | from a signal handler. |
5263 | ||
5264 | SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's | |
5265 | safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ | |
b6a65ac2 | 5266 | |
dfcf069d | 5267 | void |
b96fd3e8 | 5268 | change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
5f5c8ee5 | 5269 | register struct frame *f; |
b96fd3e8 | 5270 | int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
45140e01 RS |
5271 | { |
5272 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3826ea1a | 5273 | |
8a376b3b | 5274 | if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
45140e01 | 5275 | { |
93e54836 RS |
5276 | /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
5277 | the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ | |
45140e01 | 5278 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
8a376b3b | 5279 | if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
45140e01 | 5280 | change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
b96fd3e8 | 5281 | pretend, delay, safe); |
45140e01 RS |
5282 | } |
5283 | else | |
b96fd3e8 | 5284 | change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
45140e01 RS |
5285 | } |
5286 | ||
5287 | static void | |
b96fd3e8 | 5288 | change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
5f5c8ee5 | 5289 | register struct frame *f; |
b96fd3e8 | 5290 | int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
4588ec20 | 5291 | { |
9bfd4456 | 5292 | int new_frame_window_width; |
e523f7e5 | 5293 | int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
3826ea1a | 5294 | |
4588ec20 | 5295 | /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
b96fd3e8 | 5296 | if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
4588ec20 | 5297 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5298 | FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5299 | FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
4588ec20 JB |
5300 | delayed_size_change = 1; |
5301 | return; | |
5302 | } | |
5303 | ||
502b9b64 | 5304 | /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5305 | FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
5306 | FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
b6a65ac2 | 5307 | |
08f7aa3e | 5308 | /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
ae19c6f2 | 5309 | if (newheight == 0) |
5f5c8ee5 | 5310 | newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
ae19c6f2 | 5311 | if (newwidth == 0) |
5f5c8ee5 | 5312 | newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
3826ea1a | 5313 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5314 | /* Compute width of windows in F. |
5315 | This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
5316 | new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
3826ea1a | 5317 | |
b6a65ac2 | 5318 | /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
5f5c8ee5 | 5319 | check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
b6a65ac2 JB |
5320 | |
5321 | /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5322 | if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
5323 | && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
4588ec20 JB |
5324 | return; |
5325 | ||
cbb95688 RS |
5326 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
5327 | ||
886a8a6c KH |
5328 | #ifdef MSDOS |
5329 | /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported | |
5330 | by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater | |
5331 | or equal to the requested dimensions. */ | |
5332 | dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); | |
5333 | #endif | |
5334 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 5335 | if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
4588ec20 | 5336 | { |
5f5c8ee5 | 5337 | if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
4588ec20 | 5338 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5339 | /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
5340 | XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
5341 | FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
5342 | set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5343 | (newheight | |
5344 | - 1 | |
5345 | - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
5346 | 0); | |
5347 | XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
a5d8b611 | 5348 | newheight - 1); |
5f5c8ee5 | 5349 | set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
4588ec20 JB |
5350 | } |
5351 | else | |
502b9b64 | 5352 | /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5353 | set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
5354 | newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
b6a65ac2 | 5355 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5356 | if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) |
b6a65ac2 | 5357 | FrameRows = newheight; |
4588ec20 JB |
5358 | } |
5359 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 5360 | if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
4588ec20 | 5361 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5362 | set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
5363 | if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
5364 | set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
4588ec20 | 5365 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5366 | if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) |
502b9b64 | 5367 | FrameCols = newwidth; |
5f5c8ee5 | 5368 | |
9ea173e8 GM |
5369 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
5370 | XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); | |
4588ec20 JB |
5371 | } |
5372 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5373 | FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5374 | SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
986e61b8 | 5375 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5376 | { |
5377 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
5378 | int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
5379 | ||
5380 | window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
5381 | &text_area_height); | |
5382 | if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
5383 | w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
5384 | if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
5385 | w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
5386 | } | |
986e61b8 | 5387 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5388 | adjust_glyphs (f); |
5389 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
5390 | calculate_costs (f); | |
97cf50e7 RS |
5391 | |
5392 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
61730a69 | 5393 | |
e523f7e5 RS |
5394 | record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
5395 | ||
61730a69 | 5396 | /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5397 | Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
5398 | XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
e523f7e5 RS |
5399 | |
5400 | unbind_to (count, Qnil); | |
4588ec20 | 5401 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5402 | |
5403 | ||
4588ec20 | 5404 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5405 | /*********************************************************************** |
5406 | Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
5407 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
5408 | ||
5409 | DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
5410 | 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", | |
5411 | "Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.\n\ | |
5412 | FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.") | |
5413 | (file) | |
5414 | Lisp_Object file; | |
5415 | { | |
5416 | if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
5417 | termscript = 0; | |
5418 | ||
5419 | if (! NILP (file)) | |
5420 | { | |
5421 | file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
5422 | termscript = fopen (XSTRING (file)->data, "w"); | |
5423 | if (termscript == 0) | |
5424 | report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
5425 | } | |
5426 | return Qnil; | |
5427 | } | |
5428 | ||
5429 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
5430 | DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
5431 | Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, | |
5432 | "Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.\n\ | |
5433 | Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.") | |
e912ba09 EN |
5434 | (string) |
5435 | Lisp_Object string; | |
4588ec20 | 5436 | { |
94f3db62 | 5437 | /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
e912ba09 | 5438 | CHECK_STRING (string, 0); |
fc932ac6 | 5439 | fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), stdout); |
4588ec20 JB |
5440 | fflush (stdout); |
5441 | if (termscript) | |
5442 | { | |
fc932ac6 RS |
5443 | fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), |
5444 | termscript); | |
4588ec20 JB |
5445 | fflush (termscript); |
5446 | } | |
5447 | return Qnil; | |
5448 | } | |
5449 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 5450 | |
4588ec20 JB |
5451 | DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
5452 | "Beep, or flash the screen.\n\ | |
5453 | Also, unless an argument is given,\n\ | |
5454 | terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.") | |
5455 | (arg) | |
5456 | Lisp_Object arg; | |
5457 | { | |
efb859b4 | 5458 | if (!NILP (arg)) |
4588ec20 | 5459 | { |
7fa788da RS |
5460 | if (noninteractive) |
5461 | putchar (07); | |
5462 | else | |
5463 | ring_bell (); | |
4588ec20 JB |
5464 | fflush (stdout); |
5465 | } | |
5466 | else | |
5467 | bitch_at_user (); | |
5468 | ||
5469 | return Qnil; | |
5470 | } | |
5471 | ||
dfcf069d | 5472 | void |
4588ec20 JB |
5473 | bitch_at_user () |
5474 | { | |
5475 | if (noninteractive) | |
5476 | putchar (07); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5477 | else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
4588ec20 JB |
5478 | error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
5479 | else | |
5480 | ring_bell (); | |
5481 | fflush (stdout); | |
5482 | } | |
5483 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5484 | |
5485 | \f | |
5486 | /*********************************************************************** | |
5487 | Sleeping, Waiting | |
5488 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
5489 | ||
4588ec20 | 5490 | DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
767229f8 | 5491 | "Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.\n\ |
b07646f5 JB |
5492 | SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
5493 | fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
5494 | additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
5495 | Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
5496 | \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)") | |
767229f8 JB |
5497 | (seconds, milliseconds) |
5498 | Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; | |
4588ec20 | 5499 | { |
767229f8 | 5500 | int sec, usec; |
4588ec20 | 5501 | |
767229f8 | 5502 | if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
e9c9a718 | 5503 | XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
767229f8 JB |
5504 | else |
5505 | CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); | |
b07646f5 JB |
5506 | usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
5507 | ||
5508 | #ifdef LISP_FLOAT_TYPE | |
5509 | { | |
5510 | double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
5511 | sec = (int) duration; | |
5512 | usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
5513 | } | |
5514 | #else | |
5515 | CHECK_NUMBER (seconds, 0); | |
5516 | sec = XINT (seconds); | |
5517 | #endif | |
4588ec20 | 5518 | |
a41f8bed | 5519 | #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
767229f8 JB |
5520 | if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
5521 | error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); | |
4588ec20 | 5522 | #endif |
767229f8 JB |
5523 | |
5524 | /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ | |
5525 | if (usec < 0) | |
5526 | { | |
5527 | /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if user is negative. */ | |
5528 | if (-1000000 < usec) | |
5529 | sec--, usec += 1000000; | |
5530 | else | |
5531 | sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); | |
4588ec20 | 5532 | } |
767229f8 JB |
5533 | else |
5534 | sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; | |
5535 | ||
6b5153b1 | 5536 | if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
767229f8 | 5537 | return Qnil; |
4588ec20 | 5538 | |
f76475ad JB |
5539 | { |
5540 | Lisp_Object zero; | |
5541 | ||
a5d8b611 | 5542 | XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
f76475ad JB |
5543 | wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
5544 | } | |
d1af74e9 | 5545 | |
767229f8 JB |
5546 | /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
5547 | implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ | |
5548 | #if 0 | |
5549 | /* No wait_reading_process_input */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
5550 | immediate_quit = 1; |
5551 | QUIT; | |
5552 | ||
5553 | #ifdef VMS | |
5554 | sys_sleep (sec); | |
5555 | #else /* not VMS */ | |
5556 | /* The reason this is done this way | |
5557 | (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
5558 | is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined' */ | |
5559 | #ifdef HAVE_SELECT | |
a41f8bed JB |
5560 | EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
5561 | EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
d1af74e9 | 5562 | EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
a41f8bed | 5563 | |
4588ec20 JB |
5564 | while (1) |
5565 | { | |
a41f8bed JB |
5566 | EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
5567 | EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
5568 | if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
5569 | || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
4588ec20 JB |
5570 | break; |
5571 | } | |
4588ec20 JB |
5572 | #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ |
5573 | sleep (sec); | |
5574 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
5575 | #endif /* not VMS */ | |
5576 | ||
5577 | immediate_quit = 0; | |
5578 | #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
5579 | ||
5580 | return Qnil; | |
5581 | } | |
5582 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 5583 | |
f76475ad JB |
5584 | /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
5585 | it does the redisplay. | |
5586 | ||
ea0d86af | 5587 | It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
836d2cde | 5588 | waiting for input as well. */ |
4588ec20 | 5589 | |
f76475ad | 5590 | Lisp_Object |
ae5a0dd4 RS |
5591 | sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
5592 | int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; | |
f76475ad JB |
5593 | { |
5594 | Lisp_Object read_kbd; | |
4588ec20 | 5595 | |
ccddf474 RS |
5596 | swallow_events (display); |
5597 | ||
f80bd2d7 | 5598 | if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display)) |
4588ec20 | 5599 | return Qnil; |
4588ec20 | 5600 | |
ae5a0dd4 | 5601 | if (initial_display) |
f76475ad | 5602 | redisplay_preserve_echo_area (); |
4588ec20 | 5603 | |
dfdb645c JB |
5604 | if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
5605 | return Qt; | |
5606 | ||
4588ec20 | 5607 | #ifdef SIGIO |
8fc798e9 | 5608 | gobble_input (0); |
f76475ad JB |
5609 | #endif |
5610 | ||
e9c9a718 | 5611 | XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
f76475ad JB |
5612 | wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
5613 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
5614 | return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
5615 | } | |
5616 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 5617 | |
f76475ad | 5618 | DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
767229f8 | 5619 | "Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.\n\ |
b07646f5 JB |
5620 | SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
5621 | fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
5622 | additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
5623 | Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
5624 | \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)\n\ | |
e912ba09 | 5625 | Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input.\n\ |
f76475ad JB |
5626 | Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen\n\ |
5627 | if input is available before it starts.\n\ | |
5628 | Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving.") | |
767229f8 JB |
5629 | (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
5630 | Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; | |
f76475ad | 5631 | { |
767229f8 | 5632 | int sec, usec; |
f76475ad | 5633 | |
767229f8 | 5634 | if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
e9c9a718 | 5635 | XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
767229f8 JB |
5636 | else |
5637 | CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); | |
b07646f5 JB |
5638 | usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
5639 | ||
5640 | #ifdef LISP_FLOAT_TYPE | |
5641 | { | |
5642 | double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
5643 | sec = (int) duration; | |
5644 | usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
5645 | } | |
5646 | #else | |
5647 | CHECK_NUMBER (seconds, 0); | |
5648 | sec = XINT (seconds); | |
5649 | #endif | |
f76475ad | 5650 | |
f76475ad | 5651 | #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
767229f8 JB |
5652 | if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
5653 | error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); | |
f76475ad | 5654 | #endif |
f76475ad | 5655 | |
ae5a0dd4 | 5656 | return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
f76475ad | 5657 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5658 | |
5659 | ||
5660 | \f | |
5661 | /*********************************************************************** | |
5662 | Other Lisp Functions | |
5663 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
5664 | ||
5665 | /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
5666 | session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
5667 | buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
5668 | add length checks). */ | |
5669 | ||
5670 | static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
5671 | ||
5672 | ||
5673 | DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
5674 | Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, | |
5675 | "Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.\n\ | |
5676 | The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers,\n\ | |
5677 | aside from buffers whose names start with space,\n\ | |
5678 | along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast\n\ | |
5679 | check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed.\n\ | |
5680 | If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect\n\ | |
5681 | the current state.\n") | |
5682 | () | |
5683 | { | |
5684 | Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
5685 | Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
5686 | int n; | |
5687 | ||
5688 | vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
5689 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
5690 | { | |
5691 | if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
5692 | goto changed; | |
5693 | if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
5694 | goto changed; | |
5695 | } | |
5696 | /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
5697 | No need to test for the end of the vector | |
5698 | because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
5699 | and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
7539e11f | 5700 | for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
5f5c8ee5 | 5701 | { |
7539e11f | 5702 | buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5703 | /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
5704 | if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
5705 | continue; | |
5706 | if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
5707 | goto changed; | |
5708 | if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
5709 | goto changed; | |
5710 | if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
5711 | goto changed; | |
5712 | } | |
5713 | /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
5714 | if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
5715 | return Qnil; | |
5716 | changed: | |
5717 | /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
5718 | n = 1; | |
5719 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
5720 | n += 2; | |
7539e11f | 5721 | for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5722 | n += 3; |
5723 | /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
5724 | if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
5725 | || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
5726 | /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
5727 | frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
5728 | vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
5729 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
5730 | { | |
5731 | *vecp++ = frame; | |
5732 | *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
5733 | } | |
7539e11f | 5734 | for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
5f5c8ee5 | 5735 | { |
7539e11f | 5736 | buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5737 | /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
5738 | if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
5739 | continue; | |
5740 | *vecp++ = buf; | |
5741 | *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
5742 | *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
5743 | } | |
5744 | /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
5745 | *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
5746 | while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
5747 | < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
5748 | *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
5749 | /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
5750 | if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
5751 | > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
5752 | abort (); | |
5753 | return Qt; | |
5754 | } | |
5755 | ||
5756 | ||
4588ec20 | 5757 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5758 | /*********************************************************************** |
5759 | Initialization | |
5760 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
5761 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
5762 | char *terminal_type; |
5763 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5764 | /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
5765 | Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
5766 | decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
4588ec20 | 5767 | |
dfcf069d | 5768 | void |
4588ec20 JB |
5769 | init_display () |
5770 | { | |
5771 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
5772 | extern int display_arg; | |
5773 | #endif | |
5774 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5775 | /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
5776 | space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
5777 | SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
5778 | space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
5779 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
5780 | meta_key = 0; |
5781 | inverse_video = 0; | |
5782 | cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
5783 | terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
5784 | ||
1315c181 JB |
5785 | /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
5786 | during startup. */ | |
5787 | Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
4588ec20 | 5788 | |
1315c181 JB |
5789 | /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
5790 | initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the | |
5791 | terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother | |
5792 | using the window system. | |
4588ec20 | 5793 | |
36bbad1d KH |
5794 | If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
5795 | try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ | |
4588ec20 JB |
5796 | |
5797 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
d460af17 JB |
5798 | if (! display_arg) |
5799 | { | |
36bbad1d | 5800 | char *display; |
d460af17 | 5801 | #ifdef VMS |
36bbad1d | 5802 | display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
d460af17 | 5803 | #else |
36bbad1d | 5804 | display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
d460af17 | 5805 | #endif |
36bbad1d KH |
5806 | |
5807 | display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); | |
f040093a | 5808 | } |
d460af17 | 5809 | |
9e4555e8 RS |
5810 | if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
5811 | #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
5812 | && initialized | |
5813 | #endif | |
5814 | ) | |
4588ec20 JB |
5815 | { |
5816 | Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
5817 | #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
5818 | Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
5819 | #else | |
5820 | Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
039e5d71 KH |
5821 | #endif |
5822 | #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) | |
5823 | /* In some versions of ncurses, | |
6a428f77 | 5824 | tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
039e5d71 KH |
5825 | So call tgetent. */ |
5826 | { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} | |
4588ec20 | 5827 | #endif |
5f5c8ee5 | 5828 | adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
4588ec20 JB |
5829 | return; |
5830 | } | |
5831 | #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
5832 | ||
fd2e066a GV |
5833 | #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
5834 | if (!inhibit_window_system) | |
5835 | { | |
60c7469c | 5836 | Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
fd2e066a | 5837 | Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
5f5c8ee5 | 5838 | adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
fd2e066a GV |
5839 | return; |
5840 | } | |
5841 | #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ | |
5842 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
5843 | /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
5844 | if (! isatty (0)) | |
5845 | { | |
1559a86d | 5846 | fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
4588ec20 JB |
5847 | exit (1); |
5848 | } | |
5849 | ||
5850 | /* Look at the TERM variable */ | |
5851 | terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); | |
5852 | if (!terminal_type) | |
5853 | { | |
5854 | #ifdef VMS | |
5855 | fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
5856 | For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
5857 | For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
5858 | \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
5859 | #else | |
5860 | fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
5861 | #endif | |
5862 | exit (1); | |
5863 | } | |
5864 | ||
5865 | #ifdef VMS | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5866 | /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
4588ec20 JB |
5867 | Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
5868 | { | |
5869 | char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
5870 | char *p; | |
5871 | ||
5872 | strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
5873 | ||
5874 | for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
5875 | if (isupper (*p)) | |
5876 | *p = tolower (*p); | |
5877 | ||
5878 | terminal_type = new; | |
5879 | } | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5880 | #endif /* VMS */ |
4588ec20 JB |
5881 | |
5882 | term_init (terminal_type); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5883 | |
d86c299a | 5884 | { |
91fb7e1b GM |
5885 | struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
5886 | int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); | |
5887 | int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); | |
d86c299a | 5888 | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5889 | unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
d86c299a | 5890 | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5891 | /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the |
5892 | change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
5893 | if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
1559a86d | 5894 | fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
d86c299a RS |
5895 | } |
5896 | ||
5f5c8ee5 | 5897 | adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
91fb7e1b | 5898 | calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
4588ec20 | 5899 | |
4588ec20 JB |
5900 | #ifdef SIGWINCH |
5901 | #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
5902 | if (initialized) | |
5903 | #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
5904 | signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5905 | #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5906 | |
5907 | /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
5908 | if (initialized | |
5909 | && !noninteractive | |
622dca89 EZ |
5910 | #ifdef MSDOS |
5911 | /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively | |
5912 | late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' | |
5913 | initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el | |
5914 | and internal_terminal_init. */ | |
5915 | && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) | |
5916 | #endif | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5917 | && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
2d764c78 EZ |
5918 | { |
5919 | /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what | |
5920 | are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ | |
5921 | struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); | |
5922 | ||
5923 | FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = -1; | |
5924 | FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = -1; | |
5925 | call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); | |
5926 | } | |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5927 | } |
5928 | ||
5929 | ||
5930 | \f | |
5931 | /*********************************************************************** | |
5932 | Blinking cursor | |
5933 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
5934 | ||
c3f13540 | 5935 | DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
5d7791b3 GM |
5936 | Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
5937 | "Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.\n\ | |
5938 | WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means\n\ | |
5939 | show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means\n\ | |
5940 | don't show a cursor.") | |
5941 | (window, show) | |
5942 | Lisp_Object window, show; | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5943 | { |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5944 | /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse |
5945 | output routines. */ | |
5946 | if (!redisplaying_p) | |
5947 | { | |
5948 | if (NILP (window)) | |
5949 | window = selected_window; | |
5950 | else | |
5951 | CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 5952 | |
5d7791b3 | 5953 | XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5954 | } |
5955 | ||
5956 | return Qnil; | |
4588ec20 | 5957 | } |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5958 | |
5959 | ||
5d7791b3 GM |
5960 | DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
5961 | Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, | |
a1051b73 | 5962 | "Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.\n\ |
5d7791b3 GM |
5963 | WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.") |
5964 | (window) | |
5965 | Lisp_Object window; | |
5966 | { | |
5967 | struct window *w; | |
5968 | ||
5969 | if (NILP (window)) | |
5970 | window = selected_window; | |
5971 | else | |
5972 | CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
5973 | ||
5974 | w = XWINDOW (window); | |
5975 | return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; | |
5976 | } | |
5977 | ||
4588ec20 | 5978 | \f |
5f5c8ee5 GM |
5979 | /*********************************************************************** |
5980 | Initialization | |
5981 | ***********************************************************************/ | |
5982 | ||
dfcf069d | 5983 | void |
4588ec20 JB |
5984 | syms_of_display () |
5985 | { | |
502b9b64 | 5986 | defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
4588ec20 | 5987 | defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
078b3696 | 5988 | defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
4588ec20 JB |
5989 | defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
5990 | defsubr (&Sding); | |
5991 | defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
5992 | defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
5993 | defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
c3f13540 | 5994 | defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
5d7791b3 | 5995 | defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
4588ec20 | 5996 | |
d1dad759 | 5997 | frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
078b3696 KH |
5998 | staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
5999 | ||
9cda4f7c RS |
6000 | Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
6001 | staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); | |
6002 | ||
4588ec20 | 6003 | DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
eb285955 | 6004 | "*The output baud rate of the terminal.\n\ |
4588ec20 JB |
6005 | On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding\n\ |
6006 | and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay."); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 6007 | |
4588ec20 | 6008 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
502b9b64 | 6009 | "*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.\n\ |
4588ec20 | 6010 | This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be."); |
5f5c8ee5 | 6011 | |
4588ec20 | 6012 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
502b9b64 | 6013 | "*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell."); |
5f5c8ee5 | 6014 | |
4588ec20 | 6015 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
502b9b64 | 6016 | "*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.\n\ |
4588ec20 | 6017 | A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve\n\ |
502b9b64 | 6018 | Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.\n\ |
4588ec20 | 6019 | It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that."); |
5f5c8ee5 | 6020 | |
4588ec20 JB |
6021 | DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
6022 | "A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running\n\ | |
6023 | \(such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal."); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 6024 | |
4588ec20 JB |
6025 | DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
6026 | "The version number of the window system in use.\n\ | |
6027 | For X windows, this is 10 or 11."); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 6028 | |
4588ec20 JB |
6029 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
6030 | "Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there."); | |
5f5c8ee5 | 6031 | |
4588ec20 | 6032 | DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
502b9b64 | 6033 | "Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.\n\ |
4588ec20 JB |
6034 | If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.\n\ |
6035 | Each element can be:\n\ | |
6036 | integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.\n\ | |
6037 | string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).\n\ | |
6038 | nil: this glyph mod 256 is char code to output,\n\ | |
6666f05a | 6039 | and this glyph / 256 is face code for X windows (see `face-id')."); |
4588ec20 JB |
6040 | Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6041 | ||
6042 | DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, | |
6043 | "Display table to use for buffers that specify none.\n\ | |
6044 | See `buffer-display-table' for more information."); | |
6045 | Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; | |
6046 | ||
5f5c8ee5 GM |
6047 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
6048 | "*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected."); | |
6049 | redisplay_dont_pause = 0; | |
6050 | ||
4588ec20 JB |
6051 | /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6052 | #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6053 | if (noninteractive) | |
6054 | #endif | |
6055 | { | |
6056 | Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6057 | Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6058 | } | |
6059 | } |